1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18177 871))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18177 854))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18190
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18190 35187))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
356 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
375 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18177 854))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
435 (autoload 'align "align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
454 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
480 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
489 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
499 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
509 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
514 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18190 35183))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
525 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
537 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
543 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
547 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
561 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
562 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
563 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
565 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
566 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
567 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
568 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
569 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
574 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
575 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
576 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
577 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
578 - easy topic encryption and decryption
579 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
580 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
581 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
583 and many other features.
585 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
586 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
587 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
588 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
589 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
591 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
592 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
593 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
594 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
596 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
597 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
598 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
602 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
603 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
604 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
606 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
610 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
613 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
618 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
619 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
622 Topic Header Production:
623 -----------------------
624 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
629 ---------------------------------
630 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
631 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
632 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
635 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
636 are alternated according to nesting depth.
637 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
638 the offspring are not affected.
639 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
642 ----------------------------------
643 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
646 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
647 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
648 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
649 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
650 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
652 Topic-oriented Encryption:
653 -------------------------
654 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
655 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
659 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
660 and establish a default file-var setting
662 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
663 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
665 buffer with name derived from derived from that
666 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
667 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
669 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
677 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
678 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
679 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
681 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
682 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
683 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
684 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
686 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
687 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
688 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
691 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
692 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
698 navigation and exposure control.
700 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
701 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
702 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
703 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
704 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
706 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
707 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
708 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
709 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
710 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
712 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
713 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
714 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
715 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
716 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
717 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
718 at the beginning of the current entry.
722 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
723 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
724 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
727 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
728 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
729 `allout-structure-added-hook'
730 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
731 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
735 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
737 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
738 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
739 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
741 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
742 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
743 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
745 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
748 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
749 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
752 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
754 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
756 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
758 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
760 Topic text constituents:
762 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
764 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
765 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
767 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
768 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
769 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
770 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
771 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
772 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
773 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
776 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
779 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
780 It can be customized by changing the setting of
781 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
783 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
784 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
785 program code without interfering with processing of the text
786 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
787 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
788 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
789 docstring for more detail.
791 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
792 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
793 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
794 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
795 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
796 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
797 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
798 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
799 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
800 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
801 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
804 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
805 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
808 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
811 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
812 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
816 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
818 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
819 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
822 setup for auto-startup.
824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
829 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18190 35202))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
834 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
835 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
836 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
837 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
838 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
839 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
843 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
846 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
850 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
851 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18177 871))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
855 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
856 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
857 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
858 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
859 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
860 in the current window.
862 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
864 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
865 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
866 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
870 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
871 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
872 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
879 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18190 35183))
880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
883 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
887 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
888 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
891 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
892 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
893 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
896 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
904 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
905 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18177 871))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
909 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
910 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
911 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
912 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
915 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
916 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
917 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
920 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
921 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
922 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
923 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
927 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
928 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
934 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
935 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
941 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
942 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
943 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
944 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18177 855))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
948 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
949 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
950 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
954 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
955 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
959 (defvar appt-audible t "\
960 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
964 (defvar appt-visible t "\
965 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
966 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
970 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
971 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
972 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
976 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
977 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
978 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
982 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
983 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
984 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
988 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
989 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
990 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
994 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
995 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
996 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1000 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1001 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1005 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1006 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1007 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1008 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1009 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1010 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1011 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1016 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1017 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1021 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1022 Toggle checking of appointments.
1023 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1024 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1031 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1032 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18177 855))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1036 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1037 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1038 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1041 kind of objects to search.
1043 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1045 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1046 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1082 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1099 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1100 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1101 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1102 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1103 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1104 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1107 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1108 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1113 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1120 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18190
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1133 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1134 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1135 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1136 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1137 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1140 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1143 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18177 855))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1153 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1156 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1157 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1162 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1163 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1166 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1167 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1168 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1171 Variables you assign:
1172 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1173 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1174 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1175 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1176 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1177 row numbers in the buffer.
1179 Variables which are calculated:
1180 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1181 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1184 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1187 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1188 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1189 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1192 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1193 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1194 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1202 between that of point and mark.
1204 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1205 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1208 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1209 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1210 newlines inside rows)
1212 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1220 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18190
1222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1225 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1226 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1227 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229 How to quit artist mode
1231 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1234 How to submit a bug report
1236 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1239 Drawing with the mouse:
1242 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1243 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1247 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1250 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1251 --------------------------------------------------------------
1252 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 --------------------------------------------------------------
1255 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1284 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1285 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1286 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1287 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1290 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1291 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1292 overwrite means the opposite.
1294 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1295 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1296 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1301 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1304 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1305 are currently drawing something.
1307 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1311 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1312 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1326 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1334 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1335 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1336 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1337 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1338 When pasting: Pastes
1340 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1345 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1346 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1347 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1348 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1349 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1355 of the line/poly-line
1357 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1358 of the line/poly-line
1363 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1368 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1369 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1372 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1384 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1390 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1393 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1394 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1395 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1396 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1397 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1398 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1399 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1400 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1401 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1402 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1405 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1406 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1407 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1408 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1409 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1410 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1414 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1415 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1422 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18177
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1431 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1432 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1440 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1443 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (assistant) "assistant" "gnus/assistant.el" (18212
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/assistant.el
1458 (autoload 'assistant "assistant" "\
1459 Assist setting up Emacs based on FILE.
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1467 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1469 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1473 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1475 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1476 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1477 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1478 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1479 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1480 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1481 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1482 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1483 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1484 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1487 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1488 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1489 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1490 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1491 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1493 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1497 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1502 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1508 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1509 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1510 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1511 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1513 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1520 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1523 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1524 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1530 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1531 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18190 35184))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1535 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1536 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1540 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1541 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1542 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1543 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1545 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1547 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1548 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1552 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1554 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1556 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1557 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1558 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1559 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1561 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1562 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1569 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1573 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1575 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1576 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1577 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1578 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1579 save the buffer too.
1581 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1583 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1585 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1587 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1588 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1589 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1590 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1592 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1593 directory or directories specified.
1595 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1597 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1598 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1599 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1606 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1607 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18190 35184))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1610 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1611 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1613 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1614 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1615 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1617 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1621 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1622 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1629 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1630 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1631 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1633 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1634 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1635 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1636 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1637 reflected in the current buffer.
1639 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1640 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1641 writing before you save the file!
1643 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1648 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1650 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1651 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1655 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1656 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1657 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1660 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1662 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1664 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1667 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1668 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1669 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1675 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1676 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18177 855))
1677 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1679 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1680 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1681 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1683 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1685 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1687 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1688 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1689 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1690 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1692 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1693 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1694 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1696 Effects of the different modes:
1697 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1698 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1699 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1700 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1701 a random distance & direction.
1702 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1703 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1704 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1706 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1708 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1709 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1710 definition of \"random distance\".)
1712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1716 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1720 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1721 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1723 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1724 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1728 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1729 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1730 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1731 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1733 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1735 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1737 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1741 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1744 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1746 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1747 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1748 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1749 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1753 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1754 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1755 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1758 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1760 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1762 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1763 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1764 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1765 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1766 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1773 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1774 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18177 857))
1775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1777 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of FORMS.
1779 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1780 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1782 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1783 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1784 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1786 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1788 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1789 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1790 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1791 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1792 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1796 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1797 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1798 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1799 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1800 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1802 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18177
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1810 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1811 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1813 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1815 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1816 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1817 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1818 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1820 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1821 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1822 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1823 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1824 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1826 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1827 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1830 Special information:
1832 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1834 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1835 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1836 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1837 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1838 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1839 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1840 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1841 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1843 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1846 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1847 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1848 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1849 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1850 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1851 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1852 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1853 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1855 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1857 ----------------------------------------------------------
1858 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1859 if that value is non-nil.
1867 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1868 ;;;;;; (18190 35208))
1869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1870 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1879 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1880 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1884 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1886 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1888 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1890 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1892 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1898 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1904 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18177
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1908 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1910 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1914 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1915 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1916 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1917 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1918 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1923 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1924 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1927 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1930 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1931 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1933 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1934 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1936 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1937 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1938 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1939 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1940 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1941 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1945 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1947 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1948 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1949 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1950 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1952 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1953 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1954 denoted by the letter `R'.
1956 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1957 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1958 denoted by the letter `H'.
1960 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1963 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1964 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1965 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1966 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1967 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1968 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1971 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1972 degree deflection it causes.
1975 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1978 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1985 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1986 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1992 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1999 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2000 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2001 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2002 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2003 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2004 emerging from the box.
2006 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2013 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2017 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2024 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2025 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18190
2029 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2030 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2034 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2035 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2036 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2037 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2038 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2039 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2040 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2049 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2050 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2056 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2057 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2058 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2059 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2060 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2061 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2062 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2065 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2066 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2067 yank successive words.
2069 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2070 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2071 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2072 name of the file being visited.
2074 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2075 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2076 the list of bookmarks.)
2078 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2081 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2082 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2083 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2084 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2087 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2088 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2089 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2090 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2095 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2096 See `bookmark-jump'.
2098 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2101 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2102 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2103 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2104 after a bookmark was set in it.
2106 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2109 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2110 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2111 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2113 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2115 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2117 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2118 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2119 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2120 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2122 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2123 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2124 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2126 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2127 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2130 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2139 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2142 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2143 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2144 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2145 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2146 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2147 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2148 probably because we were called from there.
2150 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2153 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2154 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2159 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2160 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2161 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2164 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2165 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2166 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2167 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2168 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2170 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2171 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2172 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2173 `bookmark-default-file'.
2175 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2178 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2179 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2180 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2181 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2184 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2185 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2186 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2187 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2188 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2191 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2192 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2193 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2194 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2196 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2199 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2200 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2201 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2202 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2206 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2208 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2210 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2212 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2217 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2225 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18190 35202))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2228 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2229 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2230 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2231 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2233 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2234 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2235 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2236 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2237 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2239 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2241 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2242 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2244 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2246 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2247 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2249 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2257 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2258 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2259 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2260 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2261 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2267 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2268 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2274 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2281 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2283 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2286 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2288 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2292 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2293 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2298 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2299 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2300 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2301 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2307 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2312 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2319 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2321 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2326 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2328 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2329 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2330 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2331 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2334 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2335 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2337 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2338 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2344 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2345 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2347 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2348 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2349 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2350 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2353 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2354 new tab in an existing window instead.
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2364 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2367 When called interactively, if variable
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2369 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2370 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2374 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2375 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2377 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2378 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2381 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2382 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2384 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2385 URL in a new window.
2387 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2400 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2401 new tab in an existing window instead.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2420 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2421 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2432 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2433 program is invoked according to the variable
2434 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2446 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
2447 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2448 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2449 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point.
2457 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2458 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2459 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2466 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2467 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around or before point.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point.
2481 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2482 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2483 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2492 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2493 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2500 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2501 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2520 (autoload 'browse-url-mmm "browse-url" "\
2521 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2522 Default to the URL around or before point.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2527 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2528 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2529 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2530 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2535 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2536 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2546 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2547 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2548 don't offer a form of remote control.
2550 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2553 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2554 Default to the URL around or before point.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2560 Default to the URL around the point.
2562 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2563 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2565 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2566 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18177
2574 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2576 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2577 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2581 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2582 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2588 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2589 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18190 35184))
2590 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2592 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2593 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2594 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2595 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2599 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2600 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2601 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2602 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2606 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2607 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2611 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2612 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2614 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2615 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2616 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2617 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2619 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2620 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2621 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2622 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2623 name of buffer configuration.
2629 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18190 35204))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2632 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2640 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18190
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2644 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2645 Keymap used by buttons.")
2647 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "
\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2648 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2649 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2651 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2652 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2655 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2656 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2658 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2659 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2660 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2661 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2663 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2665 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2666 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2667 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2668 specifying properties to add to the button.
2669 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2670 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2671 `define-button-type'.
2673 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2675 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2677 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2678 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2679 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2680 specifying properties to add to the button.
2681 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2682 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2683 `define-button-type'.
2685 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2687 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2689 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2690 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2691 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2692 specifying properties to add to the button.
2693 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2694 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2695 `define-button-type'.
2697 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2698 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2699 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2702 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2704 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2706 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2707 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2708 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2709 specifying properties to add to the button.
2710 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2711 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2712 `define-button-type'.
2714 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2715 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2716 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2717 `insert-text-button'.
2719 Also see `make-text-button'.
2721 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2726 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2727 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2728 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2729 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18190 35187))
2730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2731 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2732 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2733 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2734 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2741 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2743 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2749 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2753 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2754 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2755 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2756 whether to compile it.
2758 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2760 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2761 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2763 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2764 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2766 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2767 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2768 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2769 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2770 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2771 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2773 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2776 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2777 Print the result in the echo area.
2778 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2783 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2784 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2786 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2788 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2789 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2790 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2791 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2792 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2793 all functions called by those functions.
2795 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2796 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2800 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2801 invoked interactively.
2803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2806 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2814 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2815 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2817 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2818 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2823 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2824 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2825 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2826 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2828 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2829 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2830 and corresponding effects.
2832 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18177 856))
2837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2839 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2841 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2846 ;;;;;; (18190 35185))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2849 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2850 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2851 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2852 from the cursor position.
2854 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2859 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2860 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2861 ;;;;;; (18190 35184))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2864 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2865 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2867 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2868 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2870 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2871 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2875 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2876 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2878 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2880 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2883 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2886 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2891 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2892 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2893 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2895 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2897 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2898 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2899 This is most useful in the X window system.
2900 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2901 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2903 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2907 See calc-keypad for details.
2909 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2911 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2912 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2914 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2917 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2919 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2922 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2924 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2927 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2928 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2930 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2939 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18190
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2943 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2944 Run the Emacs calculator.
2945 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2951 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2952 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2953 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2954 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2955 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2956 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2957 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2958 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2959 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2960 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2961 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2962 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2963 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2964 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2965 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2966 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2967 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2968 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18190 35185))
2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2971 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2972 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2973 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2974 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2977 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2979 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2980 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2981 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2982 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2983 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2984 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2986 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2988 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2989 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2990 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2992 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2994 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2995 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2996 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2998 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3000 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3001 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3002 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3005 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3007 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3008 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3009 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3011 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3013 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3014 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3015 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3017 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3019 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3021 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3022 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3023 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3025 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3028 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3030 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3031 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3032 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3034 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3037 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3039 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3040 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3041 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3043 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3046 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3048 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3049 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3050 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3052 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3054 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3055 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3056 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3057 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3058 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3060 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3062 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3063 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3064 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3065 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3066 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3067 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3068 a function is also provided for this:
3069 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3071 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3072 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3073 date is not visible in the window.
3075 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3076 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3077 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3079 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3081 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3082 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3084 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3085 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3086 date is visible in the window.
3088 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3089 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3090 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3092 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3094 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3095 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3099 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3101 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3103 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3105 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3106 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3108 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3109 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3117 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3118 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3119 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3120 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3121 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3122 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3123 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3124 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3125 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3126 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3127 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3128 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3131 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3132 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3133 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3134 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3142 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3143 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3145 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3146 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3147 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3148 window but will appear in a diary window.
3150 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3151 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3153 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3154 entries (in the default American style):
3156 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3157 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3158 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3160 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3161 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3162 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3163 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3164 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3165 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3166 &* 15 time cards due.
3168 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3169 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3170 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3174 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3175 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3176 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3177 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3178 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3179 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3181 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3182 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3183 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3185 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3187 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3189 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3190 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3191 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3192 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3193 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3194 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3195 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3196 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3197 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3198 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3201 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3202 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3203 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3204 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3205 documentation for these functions for details.
3207 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3208 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3210 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3212 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3213 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3215 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3217 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3218 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3220 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3222 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3223 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3225 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3227 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3228 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3230 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3232 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3233 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3234 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3236 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3239 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3240 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3242 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3244 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3245 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3246 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3247 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3250 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3252 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3253 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3254 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3255 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3264 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3265 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3266 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3269 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3270 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3271 `american-calendar'.")
3273 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3275 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3276 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3277 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3279 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3281 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3282 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3283 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3285 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3287 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3288 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3289 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3291 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3293 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3294 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3295 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3297 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3299 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3300 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3301 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3302 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3303 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3304 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3306 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3308 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3309 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3310 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3312 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3313 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3314 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3317 #include \"filename\"
3319 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3320 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3321 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3322 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3323 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3325 For example, you could use
3327 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3328 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3329 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3331 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3332 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3333 lexicographic order.")
3335 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3339 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3341 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3343 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3344 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3345 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3348 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3349 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3350 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3351 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3352 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3353 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3354 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3356 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3357 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3358 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3359 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3360 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3361 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3362 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3363 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3365 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3367 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3368 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3369 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3370 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3371 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3372 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3373 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3375 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3377 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3378 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3380 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3381 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3382 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3384 #include \"filename\"
3385 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3386 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3387 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3388 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3389 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3391 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3393 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3394 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3395 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3396 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3397 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3398 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3399 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3401 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3403 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3404 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3405 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3408 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3410 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3411 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3412 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3413 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3414 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3416 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3418 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3420 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3421 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3426 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3428 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3434 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3436 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3442 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3444 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3445 User defined holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3450 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3452 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3454 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3456 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3458 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3460 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3462 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3464 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3466 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3468 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3470 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3472 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3474 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3476 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3478 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3480 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3482 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3484 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3486 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3488 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3490 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3492 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3494 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3496 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3498 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3500 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3501 Sun-related holidays.
3502 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3504 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3506 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3508 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3509 The frame setup of the calendar.
3510 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3511 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3512 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3513 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3514 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3516 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3518 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3519 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3520 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3522 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3523 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3527 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3528 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3529 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3531 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3532 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3533 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3534 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3536 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3540 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3541 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18177 860))
3542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3544 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3545 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3547 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3549 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3550 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3551 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3554 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3558 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3559 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
3560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3562 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3563 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3565 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3566 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3567 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3568 restriction to ASCII.
3570 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3575 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3576 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3577 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3579 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3580 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3581 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3582 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3583 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3584 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3585 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3587 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3588 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18177
3596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3597 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3601 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3605 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3606 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3612 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3613 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3614 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
3615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3617 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3618 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3619 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3620 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3621 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3622 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3623 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3625 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3627 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3628 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3630 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3631 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3636 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3637 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3638 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3639 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3640 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3641 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3643 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3645 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3646 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3653 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3654 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3656 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3657 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3658 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3659 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3660 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3661 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3664 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3666 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3667 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3674 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3675 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3676 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3678 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3679 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3680 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3681 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3682 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3683 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3686 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3688 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3689 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3696 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3697 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3698 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3700 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3701 Major mode for editing Java code.
3702 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3703 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3704 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3705 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3708 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3710 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3711 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3718 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3719 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3720 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3722 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3723 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3724 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3725 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3726 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3727 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3730 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3732 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3733 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3740 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3741 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3742 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3743 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3745 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3746 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3747 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3748 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3749 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3750 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3753 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3755 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3756 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3762 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3763 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3764 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3765 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3766 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3767 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3771 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3772 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18177 872))
3773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3775 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3776 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3777 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3778 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3780 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3782 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3783 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3786 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3787 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3788 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3789 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3792 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3793 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3794 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3795 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3798 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3801 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3802 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3803 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3805 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3807 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3808 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3809 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3811 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3814 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3815 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3816 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3817 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3819 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18177
3825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3826 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18177 872))
3831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3832 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3833 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3834 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3839 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3843 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3844 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3846 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3848 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3849 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3851 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3853 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3854 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3856 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3857 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3858 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3859 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3862 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3864 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3866 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3867 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3869 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3870 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3874 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3875 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3876 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3877 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3878 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3881 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3882 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3883 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3884 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3886 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3887 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3890 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3892 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3894 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3897 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3898 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3900 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3901 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3902 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3905 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3907 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3908 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3909 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3911 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3913 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3915 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3916 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3918 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3922 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3924 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3926 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3927 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3930 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3931 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3934 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3936 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3937 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3938 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3939 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3940 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3941 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3942 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3943 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3944 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3945 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3946 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3947 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3948 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3949 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3950 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3951 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3954 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3955 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3957 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3958 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3960 | (write EXPRESSION)
3961 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3962 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3965 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3968 ;; Same as: (write string)
3970 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3971 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3972 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3975 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3976 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3977 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3978 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3979 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3980 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3982 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3983 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3985 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3988 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3989 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3990 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3992 ARG := REG | integer
3995 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3998 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4001 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4004 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4005 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4008 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4009 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4010 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4013 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4014 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4015 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4018 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4019 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4021 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4022 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4023 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4026 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4027 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4030 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4031 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4033 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4036 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4040 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4041 ;; Same meaning as C code
4042 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4044 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4049 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4050 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4053 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4054 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4058 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4062 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4063 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4064 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4066 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4067 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4068 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4070 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4071 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4072 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4073 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4074 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4077 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4079 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4080 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4081 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4082 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4083 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4084 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4086 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4088 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4089 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4090 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4092 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4094 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4102 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4103 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4104 There are no special keybindings by default.
4106 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4107 to the action header.
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4114 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4115 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4116 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4117 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4118 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4119 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4120 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4121 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4123 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4124 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4126 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4127 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4128 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4129 the users will view as each check is completed.
4133 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4134 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4135 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4136 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4137 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4138 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4139 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4140 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4142 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4144 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4145 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4146 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4147 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4148 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4149 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4150 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4151 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4153 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4155 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4156 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4157 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4158 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4159 spacing are all verified.
4163 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4164 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4165 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4166 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4167 otherwise stop after the first error.
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4172 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4173 Only documentation strings are checked.
4174 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4175 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4181 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4182 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4183 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4184 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4186 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4188 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4189 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4191 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4194 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4196 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4197 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4198 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4199 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4201 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4203 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4205 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4206 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4207 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4209 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4211 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4212 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4213 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4214 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4215 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4219 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4220 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4221 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4222 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4223 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4224 space at the end of each line.
4226 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4228 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4229 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4230 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4231 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4233 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4235 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4236 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4237 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4238 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4240 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4242 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4243 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4244 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4245 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4247 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4249 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4250 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4251 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4254 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4256 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4257 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4258 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4259 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4261 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4263 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4264 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4265 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4266 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4268 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4270 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4271 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4272 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4273 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4275 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4277 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4278 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4279 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4280 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4282 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4284 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4285 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4286 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4287 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4289 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4291 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4292 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4293 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4296 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4297 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4298 checking of documentation strings.
4300 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4307 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4308 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18177 866))
4309 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4311 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4312 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4313 Return the length of resulting text.
4315 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4317 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4318 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4322 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4323 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4324 Return the length of resulting text.
4326 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4328 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4329 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4333 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4338 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4341 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4346 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18177 856))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4349 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4350 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4351 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4352 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4353 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4354 editing and the result is evaluated.
4356 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4358 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4359 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4360 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4361 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4362 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4364 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4368 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4369 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4370 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4371 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4372 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4374 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4375 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4376 \\{command-history-map}
4378 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4379 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18177 857))
4386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4388 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4389 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4390 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4391 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4392 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4393 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4395 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4396 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4404 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4407 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4411 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4415 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4416 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4417 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4418 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4420 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4421 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4422 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4423 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4425 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4426 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4428 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18177
4434 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4436 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4437 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4438 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4439 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4440 of `scheme-program-name').
4441 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4442 it is given as initial input.
4443 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4444 discards input when it starts up.
4445 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4447 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4450 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4454 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4458 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4459 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4461 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4465 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4466 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4467 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4468 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4469 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4471 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4472 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4473 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4474 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4475 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4476 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4477 functions have already modified the buffer.
4479 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4481 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4482 either globally or locally.")
4484 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4486 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4487 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4488 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4489 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4490 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4491 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4492 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4493 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4495 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4497 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4499 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4500 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4501 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4502 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4503 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4504 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4505 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4506 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4508 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4510 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4512 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4513 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4514 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4515 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4516 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4517 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4519 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4521 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4522 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4523 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4524 directory tracking functions.")
4526 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4527 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4528 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4530 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4532 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4534 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4535 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4536 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4538 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4540 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4542 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4543 Send COMMAND to current process.
4544 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4545 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4547 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4549 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4550 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4551 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4552 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4554 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4558 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18177
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4562 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4563 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4564 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4565 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4567 This command pushes the mark in each window
4568 at the prior location of point in that window.
4569 If both windows display the same buffer,
4570 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4571 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4573 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4574 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4575 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4577 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4578 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4579 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4582 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4583 this command work in interlaced mode:
4584 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4585 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4586 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4588 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4592 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4593 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4594 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4596 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18190 35205))
4597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4599 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4600 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4602 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4604 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4605 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4607 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4609 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4610 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4611 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4612 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4613 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4614 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4615 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4617 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4618 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4619 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4620 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4621 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4623 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4624 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4625 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4626 describing how the process finished.")
4628 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4629 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4630 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4631 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4632 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4634 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4635 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4636 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4638 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4640 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4641 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4642 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4643 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4645 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4647 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4648 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4650 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4651 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4653 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4655 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4656 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4657 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4658 (concat \"make -k \"
4659 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4661 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4662 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4664 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4665 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4666 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4667 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4669 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4671 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4672 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4673 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4674 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4676 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4677 and move to the source code that caused it.
4679 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4680 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4682 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4683 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4684 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4685 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4687 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4688 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4689 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4690 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4692 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4693 kills its subprocesses.
4695 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4696 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4697 to a function that generates a unique name.
4699 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4702 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4703 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4704 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4706 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4707 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4709 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4710 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4711 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4712 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4714 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4715 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4716 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4718 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4720 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4722 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4723 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4724 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4725 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4726 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4728 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4730 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4732 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4734 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4735 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4736 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4737 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4738 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4739 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4740 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4744 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4745 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4746 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4747 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4748 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4749 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4754 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4755 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4757 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4759 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4763 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4767 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4768 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4769 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4772 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4774 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4776 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4777 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4778 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4780 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4781 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4782 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4783 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4785 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4786 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4787 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4788 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4790 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4791 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4792 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4793 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4795 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4796 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4797 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4798 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4799 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4805 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4806 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4807 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4809 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4810 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4811 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4814 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4816 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4818 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4819 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4825 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4826 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18177
4828 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4830 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4831 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4832 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4833 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4835 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4837 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4838 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4839 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4840 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4843 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4844 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4846 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4847 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4851 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4852 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4853 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4856 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4858 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4860 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4861 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4862 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4863 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4864 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4866 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4870 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4871 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4872 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4876 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4877 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4878 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4879 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4880 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4881 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4882 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4884 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4885 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4886 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4888 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4889 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4890 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4892 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4893 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4894 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4895 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4897 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4898 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4899 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4900 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4901 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4902 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4903 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4909 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4910 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4911 Comments start with `#'.
4912 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4914 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4924 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4925 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4926 Comments start with `;'.
4927 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4929 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4931 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4932 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4933 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4935 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4936 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4940 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4941 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4942 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4943 between `/*' and `*/'.
4944 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4946 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4947 // another kind of comment
4959 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4960 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4961 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4962 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4963 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4964 `conf-space-keywords'.
4965 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4966 in an interactive fashion instead.
4968 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4970 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4972 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4976 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4978 # Standard multimedia devices
4979 add /dev/audio desktop
4980 add /dev/mixer desktop
4984 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4985 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4986 See `conf-space-mode'.
4988 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4990 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4991 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4992 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4993 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4995 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4997 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4998 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5002 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5003 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5004 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5005 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5007 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5009 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5010 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5014 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5015 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5016 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5017 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5019 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5028 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5029 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18177 871))
5030 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5032 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5033 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5034 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5035 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5037 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5039 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5040 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5041 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5042 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5044 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5046 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5047 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5048 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5049 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5051 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5053 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5054 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5056 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5061 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18190 35188))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5064 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5065 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5066 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5067 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5068 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5069 following the copyright are updated as well.
5070 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5073 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5075 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5076 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5077 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5081 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5082 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5084 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5088 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5089 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18190 35205))
5090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5091 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5093 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5094 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5095 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5096 Tab indents for Perl code.
5097 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5098 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5100 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5101 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5102 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5103 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5104 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5105 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5106 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5107 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5108 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5109 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5110 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5111 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5113 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5115 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5116 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5118 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5120 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5121 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5122 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5123 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5124 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5125 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5126 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5127 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5128 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5130 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5134 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5135 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5136 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5139 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5140 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5141 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5143 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5145 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5146 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5147 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5148 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5149 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5151 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5161 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5162 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5163 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5164 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5165 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5166 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5167 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5168 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5169 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5170 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5171 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5172 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5173 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5175 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5176 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5177 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5178 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5179 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5180 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5182 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5183 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5186 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5187 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5188 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5189 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5190 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5192 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5193 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5194 span the needed amount of lines.
5196 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5197 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5198 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5199 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5201 Variables controlling indentation style:
5202 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5203 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5204 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5205 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5206 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5207 `cperl-auto-newline'
5208 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5209 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5210 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5211 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5212 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5213 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5214 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5215 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5216 `cperl-indent-level'
5217 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5218 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5219 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5220 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5221 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5222 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5223 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5224 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5225 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5226 `cperl-brace-offset'
5227 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5228 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5229 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5230 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5231 `cperl-label-offset'
5232 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5233 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5234 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5236 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5237 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5238 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5239 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5240 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5241 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5243 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5244 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5245 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5246 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5248 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5249 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5250 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5251 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5252 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5253 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5255 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5256 column 0 is indented on
5257 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5259 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5262 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5263 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5264 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5268 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5269 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5273 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5274 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5284 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5285 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5286 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5287 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5288 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5292 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5293 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5299 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5303 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5304 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5305 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5306 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5309 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5311 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5313 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5314 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5315 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5319 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5327 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5328 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5329 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5330 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5332 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5333 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5334 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5335 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5337 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5338 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5339 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5341 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5342 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5345 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5346 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5347 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5349 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5351 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5352 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5353 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5355 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5359 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18190
5361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5364 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5365 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5371 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5372 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
5373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5375 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5376 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5377 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5380 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5382 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5384 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5385 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5386 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5387 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5388 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5390 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5391 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5392 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5393 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5394 function of these prefix keys.
5396 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5397 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5399 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5400 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5401 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5403 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5404 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5405 the prefix fallback behavior.
5407 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5408 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5409 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5410 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5414 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5415 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5421 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5422 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5423 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5424 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5425 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5426 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5427 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5428 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5429 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5430 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5431 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5434 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5435 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5439 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5440 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5442 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5444 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5445 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5447 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5448 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5450 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5451 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5453 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5454 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5456 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5457 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5459 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5461 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5463 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5464 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5465 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5467 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5468 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5470 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5471 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5473 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5474 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5476 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5478 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5480 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5481 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5484 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5485 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5487 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5488 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5490 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5491 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5493 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5495 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5497 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5498 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5499 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5500 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5501 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5505 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5506 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5507 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5508 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5512 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5513 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5515 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5518 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5520 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5522 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5524 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5525 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5527 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5529 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5531 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5532 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5533 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5535 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5537 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5538 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5539 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5540 as part of Emacs itself.
5542 Each elements looks like this:
5544 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5546 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5547 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5548 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5549 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5550 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5551 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5552 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5555 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5557 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5558 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5559 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5560 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5561 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5563 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5564 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5565 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5566 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5568 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5570 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5571 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5572 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5573 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5574 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5576 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5577 that were added or redefined since that version.
5579 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5581 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5582 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5583 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5584 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5586 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5587 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5589 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5591 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5592 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5593 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5595 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5596 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5598 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5600 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5601 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5605 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5606 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5610 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize all already saved user options.
5615 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5617 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5618 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5619 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5620 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5621 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5622 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5624 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5626 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5627 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5628 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5629 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5631 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5633 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5634 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5636 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5638 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5639 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5641 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5643 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5644 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5645 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5646 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5647 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5650 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5652 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5653 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5654 The result includes selecting that window.
5655 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5656 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5657 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5660 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5662 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5663 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5665 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5667 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5668 File used for storing customization information.
5669 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5670 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5671 it should be an absolute file name.
5673 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5674 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5675 something like the following in your init file:
5677 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5680 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5681 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5683 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5684 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5685 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5686 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5687 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5689 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5690 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5691 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5692 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5693 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5694 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5695 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5696 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5697 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5698 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5700 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5702 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5703 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5707 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5708 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5712 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5713 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5714 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5716 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5718 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5719 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5720 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5721 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5722 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5724 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5728 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5729 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18190 35186))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5732 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5733 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5735 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5737 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5738 Alist of face attributes.
5740 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5741 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5742 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5743 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5744 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5745 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5747 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5748 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5749 customization type TYPE).
5751 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5752 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5753 given face attribute.")
5755 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5756 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5757 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5758 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5760 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5762 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5763 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5764 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5765 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5766 between themes and faces.
5767 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5769 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5770 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5772 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5774 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5775 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5776 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5780 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5782 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5784 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5785 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5786 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5788 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5792 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5794 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5798 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5802 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5803 Create a custom theme.
5809 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5813 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5814 Mode used for cvs status output.
5820 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5821 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18177 872))
5822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5824 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5825 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5827 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5828 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5829 C++ modes are included.
5831 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5835 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5838 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5839 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5843 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5844 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5845 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5848 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5850 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5852 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5853 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5854 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5855 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5856 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5862 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5863 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5867 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5868 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5870 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5872 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5873 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5875 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5877 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5878 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5879 For readability, the table is slightly
5880 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5882 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5883 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5884 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5885 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5886 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5888 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5892 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5895 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5896 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5898 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5899 Completion on current word.
5900 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5901 and presents suggestions for completion.
5903 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5904 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5907 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5908 then it searches *all* buffers.
5910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5912 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5913 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5915 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5916 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5917 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5918 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5919 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5921 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5922 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5924 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5925 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5926 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5928 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5929 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5931 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5937 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18177
5939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5941 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5942 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5944 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5945 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5946 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5948 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5949 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5950 Data lines are not indented.
5955 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5957 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5958 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5959 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5960 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5962 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5965 Extra indentation within blocks.
5967 dcl-continuation-offset
5968 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5971 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5973 dcl-margin-label-offset
5974 Indentation for a label.
5976 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5977 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5979 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5980 dcl-block-end-regexp
5981 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5982 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5983 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5984 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5985 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5987 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5988 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5989 Two such functions are included in the package:
5990 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5991 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5993 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5994 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5995 One such function is included in the package:
5996 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5998 dcl-tab-always-indent
5999 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6000 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6003 dcl-electric-characters
6004 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6007 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6008 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6009 which words trigger electric indentation.
6012 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6013 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6014 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6016 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6017 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6018 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6019 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6021 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6022 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6023 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6024 dcl-imenu-label-call
6025 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6027 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6028 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6029 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6030 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6033 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6035 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6036 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6037 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6039 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6040 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6044 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6045 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6046 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6047 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6048 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6049 \"lined up with the command line\"
6051 Data lines are not indented at all.
6052 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6057 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6058 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6065 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18177 857))
6066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6068 (setq debugger 'debug)
6070 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6071 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6072 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6075 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6076 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6077 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6079 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6081 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6082 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6084 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6086 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6087 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6088 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6089 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6090 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6091 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6093 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6094 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6096 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6098 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6099 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6100 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6101 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6102 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6104 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6108 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6110 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6112 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6113 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6117 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6118 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6119 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6120 Upper-case letters are commands.
6122 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6125 The most useful commands are:
6126 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6127 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6128 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6129 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6130 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6131 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6138 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18177
6140 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6142 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6143 Customization of `columns' group.
6147 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6148 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6150 START and END delimits the text region.
6152 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6154 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6155 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6157 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6159 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6163 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18190
6165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6167 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6168 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6169 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6170 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6171 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6172 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6174 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6178 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6179 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6180 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6181 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6182 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6183 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6184 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6185 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6186 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6187 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6188 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6189 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6191 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6192 Directories to search when finding external units.
6193 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6194 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6198 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6199 Face used to color delphi comments.
6200 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6201 Face used to color delphi strings.
6202 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6203 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6204 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6205 Face used to color everything else.
6207 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6208 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6210 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6214 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18190
6216 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6218 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6220 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6221 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6222 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6225 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6227 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6229 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6230 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6231 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6234 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6235 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6236 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6243 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6244 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18177 857))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6247 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6248 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6250 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6252 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6253 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6254 or nil if there is no parent.
6255 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6256 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6257 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6258 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6259 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6261 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6262 arguments are currently understood:
6264 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6265 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6267 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6268 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6270 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6271 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6273 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6275 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6277 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6278 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6279 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6281 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6282 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6284 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6285 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6286 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6288 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6289 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6291 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6292 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6294 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6296 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6298 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6299 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6300 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6301 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6302 the first time the mode is used.
6304 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6308 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6309 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18177 856))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6312 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6313 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6314 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6315 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6316 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6319 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6321 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6322 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6323 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6324 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6325 character composition information (if relevant),
6326 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6332 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6333 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6334 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6335 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18177 856))
6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6338 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6339 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6340 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6342 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6344 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6345 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6346 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6347 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6348 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6349 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6353 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6354 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6355 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6356 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6358 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6360 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6361 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6362 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6364 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6365 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6366 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6368 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6369 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6371 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6372 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6373 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6375 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6376 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6377 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6378 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6380 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6382 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6383 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6385 Handlers are called with argument list
6387 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6389 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6391 desktop-file-version
6392 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6393 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6394 desktop-buffer-point
6396 desktop-buffer-read-only
6397 desktop-buffer-locals
6399 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6400 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6402 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6405 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6407 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6408 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6410 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6412 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6414 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6415 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6416 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6417 List elements must have the form
6419 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6421 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6424 Handlers are called with argument list
6426 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6428 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6430 desktop-file-version
6431 desktop-buffer-file-name
6433 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6434 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6435 desktop-buffer-point
6437 desktop-buffer-read-only
6440 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6441 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6444 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6447 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6449 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6450 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6452 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6454 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6456 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6458 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6460 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6461 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6462 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6466 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6467 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6468 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6469 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6470 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6472 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6474 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6475 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6476 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6480 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6481 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6482 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6483 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6484 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6485 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6486 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6487 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6489 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6491 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6492 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6493 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6497 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6498 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6499 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6500 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6503 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6505 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6506 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6510 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6511 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6517 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6518 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6519 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18177 860))
6520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6522 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6523 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6524 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6525 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6526 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6527 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6529 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6531 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6532 Repair a broken attribution line.
6533 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6535 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6537 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6538 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6539 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6540 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6542 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6544 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6545 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6551 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6552 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6554 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6556 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6559 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6561 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6566 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6567 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6568 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6569 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6571 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6576 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18190 35185))
6577 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6579 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6580 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6581 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6582 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6583 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6587 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6588 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6589 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6590 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6592 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6593 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6594 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6595 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6598 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6600 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6601 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6602 european-calendar-style t \\
6603 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6604 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6605 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6607 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6608 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6609 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6610 to run it every morning at 1am.
6612 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6614 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6615 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6622 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18177 856))
6623 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6625 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6626 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6628 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6630 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6631 *The command to use to run diff.")
6633 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6635 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6636 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6637 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6638 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6639 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6640 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6642 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6644 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6645 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6646 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6647 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6648 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6649 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6651 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6656 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6659 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6660 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6661 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6664 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6665 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6666 headers for you on-the-fly.
6668 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6669 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6670 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6676 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6677 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6678 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6685 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6686 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6687 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6688 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18190 35187))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6691 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6692 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6693 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6694 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6695 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6696 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6697 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6698 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6700 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6702 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6703 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6705 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6706 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6707 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6708 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6709 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6711 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6712 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6714 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6715 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6716 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6717 always set this variable to t.")
6719 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6721 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6722 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6723 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6724 A value of t means move to first file.")
6726 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6728 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6729 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6730 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6731 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6732 are afterward marked with that character.")
6734 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6736 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6737 *Controls marking of copied files.
6738 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6739 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6741 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6743 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6744 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6745 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6746 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6748 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6750 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6751 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6752 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6753 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6755 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6757 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6758 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6759 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6760 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6762 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6764 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6766 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6767 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6768 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6770 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6772 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6773 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6774 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6775 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6776 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6777 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6779 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6780 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6781 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6782 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6783 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6784 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6785 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6786 list of files to make directory entries for.
6787 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6788 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6789 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6790 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6792 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6794 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6795 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6797 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6798 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6800 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6801 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6803 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6804 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6806 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6808 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6809 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6811 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6813 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6814 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6815 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6816 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6817 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6818 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6819 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6820 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6821 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6822 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6823 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6824 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6825 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6826 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6827 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6828 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6829 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6830 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6831 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6832 to see why something went wrong.
6833 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6834 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6835 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6836 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6837 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6838 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6839 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6840 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6841 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6842 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6843 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6844 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6845 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6847 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6848 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6849 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6850 again for the directory tree.
6852 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6855 `dired-listing-switches'
6856 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6857 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6860 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6861 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6862 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6863 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6865 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6867 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6868 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6875 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6876 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6880 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6881 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6882 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6883 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6884 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6885 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6886 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6887 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6888 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6889 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6890 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6891 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6892 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6893 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18190 35187))
6894 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6896 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6897 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6898 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6899 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6900 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6901 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6902 which is options for `diff'.
6904 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6906 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6907 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6908 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6909 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6910 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6911 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6913 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6915 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6916 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6917 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6918 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6919 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6920 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6921 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6923 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6925 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6926 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6927 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6928 returned by function `file-attributes'
6930 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6931 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6933 Examples of PREDICATE:
6935 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6936 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6937 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6938 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6939 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6941 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6944 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6945 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6949 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6950 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6954 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6955 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6959 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6960 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6965 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6966 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6967 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6968 `lpr-switches' as default.
6970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6972 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6973 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6974 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6975 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6976 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6978 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6979 with a prefix argument.
6983 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6984 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6985 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6986 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6987 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6989 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6990 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6992 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6993 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6994 file name substituted for `?'.
6996 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6997 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6999 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7000 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7001 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7002 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7004 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7006 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7007 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7008 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7010 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7011 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7014 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7015 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7016 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7018 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7023 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7025 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7026 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7027 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7028 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7029 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7030 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7031 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7032 from the buffer as well.
7033 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7034 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7035 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7037 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7039 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7042 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7044 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7047 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7049 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7050 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7054 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7055 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7059 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7060 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7064 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7065 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7066 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7067 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7069 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7070 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7071 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7072 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7073 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7074 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7075 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7077 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7079 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7082 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7084 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7089 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7090 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7094 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7097 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7099 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7102 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7104 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7105 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7107 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7109 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7110 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7111 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7112 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7113 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7114 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7115 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7116 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7117 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7119 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7125 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7126 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7127 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7128 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7129 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7130 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7131 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7133 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7138 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7139 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7140 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7141 and new hard links are made in that directory
7142 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7143 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7144 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7148 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7149 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7150 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7151 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7152 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7153 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7154 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7159 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7161 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7162 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7163 file if none are marked.
7165 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7166 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7167 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7168 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7170 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7171 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7173 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7176 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7177 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7179 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7182 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7183 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7185 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7187 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7188 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7189 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7191 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7193 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7194 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7199 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7204 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7205 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7206 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7207 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7208 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7210 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7212 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7213 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7214 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7215 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7216 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7217 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7218 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7220 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7223 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7224 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7225 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7226 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7227 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7229 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7231 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7234 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7235 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7237 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7240 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7241 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7242 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7246 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7247 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7248 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7249 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7253 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7254 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7255 Lower levels are unaffected.
7257 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7259 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7260 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7264 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7265 Go down in the dired tree.
7269 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7270 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7271 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7272 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7276 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7277 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7278 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7279 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7283 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7284 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7285 Stops when a match is found.
7286 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7288 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7290 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7291 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7292 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7293 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7294 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7296 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7299 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7300 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7301 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7303 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7307 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7311 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7312 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7313 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7314 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7315 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7316 buffer and try again.
7318 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7320 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7321 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7322 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7323 This creates relative symbolic links like
7327 not absolute ones like
7329 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7331 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18177 856))
7338 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7340 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7341 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7342 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7344 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7346 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7347 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7349 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18190
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7357 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7358 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7359 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7360 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7361 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7362 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7364 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7368 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7369 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7370 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7371 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7372 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7373 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18177 856))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7376 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7377 Return a new, empty display table.
7381 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7382 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7383 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7384 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7385 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7387 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7389 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7390 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7391 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7392 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7393 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7395 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7397 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7398 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7402 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7403 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7407 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7408 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7412 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7413 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7417 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7418 Display character C using printable string S.
7422 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7423 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7424 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7425 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7427 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7429 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7430 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7431 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7434 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7436 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7437 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7439 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7441 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7442 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7444 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7446 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7447 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7449 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7451 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7452 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7454 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7456 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7457 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7459 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7461 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7462 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7464 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7465 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7466 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7467 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7469 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7470 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7471 European character display.
7473 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7474 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7475 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7476 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7478 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7479 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7480 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7481 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7482 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7492 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7493 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7494 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7495 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7496 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7497 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7498 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18177 856))
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7508 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7509 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7510 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7511 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7512 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7513 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7515 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7516 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7517 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7518 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7519 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7521 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7526 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18177 875))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7529 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7530 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7531 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7532 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7533 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7534 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7535 table and its own syntax table.
7537 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7540 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7542 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7543 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7546 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18190 34947))
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7553 (autoload 'doc-view "doc-view" "\
7554 Convert FILE to png and start viewing it.
7555 If no FILE is given, query for on.
7556 If this FILE is still in the cache, don't convert and use the
7557 existing page files. With prefix arg NO-CACHE, don't use the
7558 cached files and convert anew.
7560 \(fn NO-CACHE &optional FILE)" t nil)
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18177 871))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7567 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7568 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7574 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7575 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7578 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7581 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7583 (custom-autoload 'double-mode "double" nil)
7585 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7587 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7590 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7591 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7597 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18177 871))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7600 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7601 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7611 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7612 Play sounds in message buffers.
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7619 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7620 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18190 35188))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7623 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7625 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7626 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7627 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7628 and toggle command MODE.
7630 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7631 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7632 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7633 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7634 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7635 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7636 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7637 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7640 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7641 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7642 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7643 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7644 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7645 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7646 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7647 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7648 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7649 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7650 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7651 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7652 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7653 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7654 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7655 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7656 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7658 For example, you could write
7659 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7660 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7663 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7665 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7667 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7669 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7670 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7671 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7672 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7673 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7674 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7675 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7676 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7677 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7678 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7679 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7680 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7682 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7683 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7684 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7685 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7686 call another major mode in their body.
7688 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7690 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7691 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7692 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7693 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7694 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7695 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7696 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7698 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7700 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7703 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7705 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7706 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7707 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7709 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7713 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7714 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18177
7716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7718 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7720 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7721 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7723 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7724 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7725 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7727 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7728 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7732 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7733 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7737 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7738 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7742 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7743 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7745 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7747 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7749 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7751 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7752 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7754 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7755 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7757 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7759 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7761 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7765 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7766 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7767 computed automatically.
7768 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7772 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7774 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7775 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7776 keyboard equivalent.
7780 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7781 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7785 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7786 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7790 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7791 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7795 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7799 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7800 radio: A radio button.
7801 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7802 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7804 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7808 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7809 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7813 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7815 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7816 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7817 as a solid horizontal line.
7819 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7821 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7823 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7826 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7828 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7829 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7830 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7831 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7833 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7835 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7836 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7837 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7838 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7839 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7840 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7842 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7843 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7844 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7846 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7847 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7848 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7850 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7851 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7853 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7858 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7859 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7860 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7861 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7862 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7863 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7864 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18177 872))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7867 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7868 Customization for ebnf group.
7872 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7873 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7875 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7877 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7880 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7882 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7884 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7885 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7887 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7888 killed after process termination.
7890 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7892 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7894 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7897 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7898 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7901 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7902 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7903 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7904 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7906 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7909 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7910 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7912 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7915 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7917 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7919 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7922 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7924 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7926 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7929 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7930 killed after process termination.
7932 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7934 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7936 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7938 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7939 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7941 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7945 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7946 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7947 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7949 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7951 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7953 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7956 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7958 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7961 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7963 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7965 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7966 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7968 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7969 killed after EPS generation.
7971 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7973 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7975 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7978 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7979 The EPS file name has the following form:
7981 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7983 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7984 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7986 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7987 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7988 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7989 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7990 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7992 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7997 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8000 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8001 The EPS file name has the following form:
8003 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8005 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8006 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8008 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8009 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8010 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8011 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8012 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8014 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8017 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8019 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8021 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8022 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8024 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8026 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8029 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8031 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8033 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8034 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8036 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8037 killed after syntax checking.
8039 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8041 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8043 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8044 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8048 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8051 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8053 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8054 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8058 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8059 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8061 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8065 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8068 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8070 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8072 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8079 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8080 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8082 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8084 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8086 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8087 Set STYLE as the current style.
8089 Returns the old style symbol.
8091 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8095 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8096 Reset current style.
8098 Returns the old style symbol.
8100 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8102 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8107 Returns the old style symbol.
8109 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8111 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8113 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8118 Returns the old style symbol.
8120 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8122 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8129 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8130 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8131 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8132 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8133 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8134 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8135 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8136 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8138 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18190
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8142 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8143 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8144 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8145 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8146 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8147 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8149 Tree mode key bindings:
8150 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8154 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8155 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8159 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8160 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8162 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8166 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8167 View declaration of member at point.
8171 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8172 Find declaration of member at point.
8176 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8177 View definition of member at point.
8181 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8182 Find definition of member at point.
8186 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8187 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8191 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8192 View definition of member at point in other window.
8196 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8197 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8201 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8202 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8206 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8207 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8211 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8212 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8216 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8217 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8218 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8219 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8222 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8224 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8225 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8226 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8227 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8229 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8231 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8232 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8233 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8234 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8236 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8239 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8240 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8242 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8244 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8245 Search for call sites of a member.
8246 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8247 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8248 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8249 looks like a function call to the member.
8251 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8254 Move backward in the position stack.
8255 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8259 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8260 Move forward in the position stack.
8261 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8265 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8266 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8270 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8271 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8275 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8276 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8277 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8278 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8280 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8282 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8283 Display statistics for a class tree.
8289 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8290 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8293 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8294 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8295 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8296 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8298 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8299 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8300 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8302 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8303 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8304 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8306 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8308 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8314 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8315 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18190 35187))
8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8318 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8319 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8320 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8322 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8326 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8327 ;;;;;; (18212 21473))
8328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8330 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8338 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8339 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18190 35188))
8340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8342 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8343 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8344 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8345 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8346 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8348 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8349 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8350 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8351 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8353 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8355 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8356 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8357 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8358 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8360 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8362 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8363 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8364 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8365 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8367 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8369 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8371 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8372 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8373 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8374 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8375 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8377 If you do this on a function definition
8378 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8379 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8380 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8381 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8383 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8384 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8385 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8386 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8391 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8392 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8396 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8397 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8404 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8405 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8406 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8407 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8408 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8409 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8410 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8411 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8412 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18177 857))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8415 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8416 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8418 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8420 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8421 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8423 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8425 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8427 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8429 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8430 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8431 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8432 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8436 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8437 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8439 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8441 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8443 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8444 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8446 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8448 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8450 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8451 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8452 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8453 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8455 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8457 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8459 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8460 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8461 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8462 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8464 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8466 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8468 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8469 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8470 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8471 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8473 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8475 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8477 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8479 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8480 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8482 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8484 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8486 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8487 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8488 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8489 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8490 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8491 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8493 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8495 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8497 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8498 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8500 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8502 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8504 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8505 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8506 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8507 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8509 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8511 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8513 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8515 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8516 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8517 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8519 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8520 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8522 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8525 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8526 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8528 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8529 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8531 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8534 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8535 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8536 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8537 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8539 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8541 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8542 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8543 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8544 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8545 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8546 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8548 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8550 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8552 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8553 Merge two files without ancestor.
8555 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8558 Merge two files with ancestor.
8560 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8562 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8564 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8565 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8567 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8570 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8575 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8576 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8579 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8581 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8582 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8583 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8586 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
8589 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8590 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8591 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8595 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8596 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8597 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8598 and don't ask the user.
8599 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8600 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8602 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8605 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8606 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8607 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8608 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8609 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8610 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8611 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8613 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8615 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8617 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8619 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8620 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8621 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8622 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8623 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8625 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8627 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8629 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8630 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8631 When called interactively, displays the version.
8635 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8636 Display Ediff's manual.
8637 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8639 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8643 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8647 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18177 857))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8657 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8658 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8660 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8662 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8666 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8667 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8670 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8671 Display Ediff's registry.
8675 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8680 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18190 35187))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8683 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8684 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8685 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8690 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8691 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8692 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8693 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8699 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8700 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8701 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8704 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8705 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8706 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8708 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8709 Edit a keyboard macro.
8710 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8711 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8712 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8714 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8716 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8719 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8721 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8723 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8724 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8726 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8728 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8729 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8730 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8731 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8732 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8733 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8735 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8736 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8737 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8738 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8740 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8742 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8743 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8744 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8745 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8746 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8747 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8749 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8754 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18177 858))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8757 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8759 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8760 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8762 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8764 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8765 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8775 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8776 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8777 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8778 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8779 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8780 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8781 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8783 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8784 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8786 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8787 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8788 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8789 this value is non-nil.
8791 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8792 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8793 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8795 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8796 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8797 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8799 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8801 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8804 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8809 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18190 35188))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8812 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8813 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8815 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8817 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8818 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8819 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8820 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8821 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8822 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8823 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8825 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8829 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8830 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8834 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8835 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8836 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8837 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8838 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8839 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8842 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8843 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8847 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18177
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8851 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8852 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8854 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8855 an elided material again.
8857 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8864 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8867 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8875 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18190
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8879 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8880 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8881 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8883 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8885 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8886 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8887 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8889 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8891 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8892 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8893 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8895 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8897 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8899 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8900 Display current profiling results.
8901 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8902 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8909 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8910 ;;;;;; (18190 35201))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8913 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8914 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8915 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8917 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8922 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8923 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8924 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8925 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18190 35188))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8928 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8929 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8930 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8931 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8932 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8933 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8934 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8935 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8936 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8937 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8938 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8939 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8940 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8941 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8942 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8943 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8945 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8946 Run Emerge on two files.
8948 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8950 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8951 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8953 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8955 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8956 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8958 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8960 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8961 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8963 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8965 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8970 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8975 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8978 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8983 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8986 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8988 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8990 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8991 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8993 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8995 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8998 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9002 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9003 ;;;;;; (18190 36070))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9006 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9007 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9009 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9011 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9015 ;;;### (autoloads (encrypt-insert-file-contents encrypt-find-model)
9016 ;;;;;; "encrypt" "gnus/encrypt.el" (18212 21482))
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/encrypt.el
9019 (autoload 'encrypt-find-model "encrypt" "\
9020 Given a filename, find a encrypt-file-alist entry
9022 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload 'encrypt-insert-file-contents "encrypt" "\
9025 Decrypt FILE into the current buffer.
9027 \(fn FILE &optional MODEL)" t nil)
9031 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9032 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18177 875))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9035 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9036 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9037 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9038 text/enriched format.
9039 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9041 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9042 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9046 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9050 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9053 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9055 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9058 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9062 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9063 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18190 35189))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9067 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9071 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9072 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9073 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9075 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9077 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9078 (server (erc-compute-server))
9079 (port (erc-compute-port))
9080 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9082 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9084 That is, if called with
9086 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9088 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9089 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9090 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9092 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9094 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9096 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9097 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9098 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9099 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9101 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18177
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9108 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18190 35189))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18177 859))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18190 35189))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9126 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9131 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18177 859))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9135 Parser for /dcc command.
9136 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9137 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9138 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9140 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9142 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9143 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9147 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9148 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9150 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9151 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9152 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9155 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9159 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9160 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9161 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9162 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9167 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9169 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9171 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9172 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9173 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9174 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9176 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9178 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9181 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9183 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9184 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9186 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9189 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9191 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9193 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9196 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9198 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9199 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9201 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9203 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9204 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9206 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9209 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9211 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9213 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9214 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9218 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9219 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9225 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18177
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9230 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9231 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9232 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18177
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9245 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9246 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18190 35189))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9250 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9251 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9252 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9253 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9254 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9255 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9258 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9260 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9263 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9271 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18177 859))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9285 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18190 35189))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9289 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9290 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9291 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9292 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9293 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9294 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9299 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9300 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9301 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9303 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9304 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9307 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9308 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9310 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9315 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9316 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9319 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9321 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9322 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9326 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9327 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9331 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9332 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9336 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9337 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9341 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9342 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9346 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9347 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9351 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9352 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9356 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9357 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18177 859))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9365 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9372 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9374 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9381 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9382 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18177 859))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9385 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9386 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9387 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9388 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9392 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9393 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9399 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9400 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18177 859))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9402 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9404 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9405 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9406 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9407 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9409 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9411 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18177 859))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18177
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9427 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18177 859))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9433 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18177 859))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9439 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9444 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18177 859))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9448 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9449 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9453 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9454 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9455 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9457 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18190 35189))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9463 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9471 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9472 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9473 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18177
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9482 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18190 35189))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9488 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9493 ;;;;;; (18190 35189))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9496 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9497 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9498 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9500 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9502 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9503 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9506 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9507 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9508 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9511 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9516 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18177 859))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9518 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9520 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9521 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9522 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9523 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9525 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9527 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9528 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9529 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9535 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9537 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9539 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9540 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18190
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9550 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9551 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9559 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18177
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9563 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9564 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9570 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9571 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18177 859))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9574 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9575 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9576 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9577 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9578 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9579 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9580 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9581 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9582 buffer selected (or created).
9584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9587 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9588 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9590 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9592 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9593 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9594 The result might be any Lisp object.
9595 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9596 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9597 corresponding to a successful execution.
9599 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9601 (autoload 'eshell-report-bug "eshell" "\
9602 Report a bug in Eshell.
9603 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9604 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9611 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9612 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9613 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9614 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9615 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9616 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9620 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9621 *File name of tags table.
9622 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9623 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9624 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9625 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9627 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9628 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9629 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9630 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9632 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9634 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9635 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9636 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9637 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9638 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9639 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9641 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9643 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9644 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9645 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9646 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9647 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9648 `auto-compression-mode').")
9650 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9652 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9653 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9654 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9655 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9656 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9658 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9660 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9661 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9662 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9663 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9665 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9667 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9668 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9669 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9670 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9671 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9673 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9675 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9676 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9680 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9681 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9682 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9683 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9685 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9686 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9687 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9688 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9689 file the tag was in.
9691 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9693 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9694 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9695 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9696 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9697 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9698 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9699 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9700 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9701 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9703 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9705 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9706 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9707 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9708 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9709 without directory names.
9713 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9714 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9715 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9716 but does not select the buffer.
9717 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9719 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9720 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9721 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9722 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9723 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9725 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9727 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9728 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9729 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9731 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9733 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9735 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9736 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9737 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9738 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9740 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9741 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9742 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9743 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9744 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9746 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9748 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9749 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9750 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9752 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9754 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9755 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9757 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9758 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9759 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9760 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9761 around or before point.
9763 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9764 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9765 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9766 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9767 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9769 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9771 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9772 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9773 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9775 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9777 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9778 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9780 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9781 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9782 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9783 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9784 around or before point.
9786 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9787 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9788 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9789 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9790 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9792 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9794 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9795 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9796 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9798 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9800 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9801 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9803 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9804 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9805 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9807 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9808 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9809 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9810 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9811 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9813 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9815 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9816 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9817 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9819 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9821 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9822 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9823 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9825 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9826 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9828 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9829 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9830 where they were found.
9834 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9835 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9837 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9838 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9839 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9841 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9842 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9844 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9845 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9847 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9849 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9850 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9851 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9852 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9854 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9855 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9856 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9857 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9858 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9860 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9861 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9863 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9864 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9865 Stops when a match is found.
9866 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9868 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9870 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9873 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9874 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9875 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9876 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9878 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9880 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9883 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9884 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9885 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9886 directory specification.
9888 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9891 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9893 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9895 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9896 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9897 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9898 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9902 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9903 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9904 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9905 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9906 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9912 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9913 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9914 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9915 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9916 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9917 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9918 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9919 ;;;;;; (18189 31807))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9922 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9927 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9928 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9930 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9931 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9933 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9934 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9937 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9938 even if the buffer is read-only.
9940 See also the descriptions of the variables
9941 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9943 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9948 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9949 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9951 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9952 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9955 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9956 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9958 See also the descriptions of the variables
9959 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9961 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9964 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9965 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9966 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9968 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9971 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9972 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9973 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9975 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9976 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9979 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9980 buffer is read-only.
9982 See also the descriptions of the variables
9983 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9984 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9986 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9989 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9991 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9992 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9994 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9995 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9996 the primary language.
9998 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9999 buffer is read-only.
10001 See also the descriptions of the variables
10002 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10003 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10005 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10008 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10009 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10011 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10013 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10014 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10018 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10019 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10021 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10022 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10025 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10026 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10027 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10029 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10031 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10033 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10034 This function is deprecated.
10038 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10039 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10043 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10044 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10048 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10049 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10051 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10052 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10054 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10055 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10059 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10060 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10064 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10065 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10069 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10070 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10074 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10075 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10076 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10080 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10083 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10088 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10089 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10092 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10093 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10094 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10095 server for future sessions.
10097 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10100 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10101 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10103 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10105 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10106 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10107 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10109 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10111 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10112 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10113 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10114 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10115 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10116 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10117 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10118 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10119 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10120 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10121 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10122 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10124 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10126 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10127 Display a form to query the directory server.
10128 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10129 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10131 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10133 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10134 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10135 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10139 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10143 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10144 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10145 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18177 869))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10148 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10149 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10151 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10153 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10154 Display URL and make it clickable.
10156 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10159 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10161 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10163 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10164 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10166 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10168 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10169 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10171 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10173 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10174 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10176 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10181 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18177 869))
10182 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10184 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10185 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10186 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10190 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10191 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10197 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10198 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
10199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10201 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10202 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10208 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18177
10210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10212 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10213 Create an empty ewoc.
10215 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10217 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10218 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10219 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10220 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10221 `insert-before-markers'.
10223 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10224 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10225 respectively, of the ewoc.
10227 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10228 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10229 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10231 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10236 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10237 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10238 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10241 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10242 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10243 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10245 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10247 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10248 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10249 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10250 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10251 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10253 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10255 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10256 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10257 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10258 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10259 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10262 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10264 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10265 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10266 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10270 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10271 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10272 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10279 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10280 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10281 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10284 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10285 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10286 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10287 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10289 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10291 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10292 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10293 to generate such functions.
10295 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10296 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10297 beginning of the expanded text.
10299 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10300 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10301 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10302 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10304 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10306 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10308 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10309 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10310 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10314 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10315 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10316 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10320 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10321 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10322 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10325 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10326 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10330 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18190 35205))
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10333 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10334 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10335 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10337 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10338 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10339 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10341 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10346 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10349 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10351 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10353 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10354 `f90-program-indent'
10355 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10357 `f90-continuation-indent'
10358 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10359 `f90-comment-region'
10360 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10361 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10362 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10363 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10365 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10366 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10367 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10368 `f90-break-delimiters'
10369 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10370 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10371 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10372 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10374 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10375 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10377 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10378 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10379 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10380 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10381 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10382 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10383 `f90-leave-line-no'
10384 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10386 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10387 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10394 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10395 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10396 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10397 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18177 859))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10399 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10400 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10402 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10403 Menu keymap for faces.")
10405 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10407 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10408 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10410 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10412 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10413 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10415 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10417 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10418 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10420 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10422 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10423 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10425 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10427 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10428 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10430 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10432 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10433 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10435 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10437 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10439 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10441 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10443 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10444 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10446 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10447 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10448 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10449 to the faces to use for the next character
10450 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10451 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10453 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10454 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10455 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10456 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10457 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10458 preceding faces (including FACE).
10460 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10461 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10463 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10465 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10466 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10467 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10469 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10470 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10473 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10474 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10475 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10477 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10480 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10481 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10483 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10484 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10487 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10488 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10489 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10491 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10494 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10495 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10496 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10497 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10498 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10499 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10501 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10502 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10505 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10506 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10507 to insert cancels the specification.
10509 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10512 Make the region invisible.
10513 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10514 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10519 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10520 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10521 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10525 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10526 Make the region unmodifiable.
10527 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10528 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10530 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10532 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10533 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10537 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10538 Remove all text properties from the region.
10540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10542 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10543 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10544 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10548 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10549 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10551 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10553 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10554 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10555 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10556 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10557 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10558 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10560 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10564 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10565 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18177 870))
10566 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10568 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10569 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10570 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10571 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10573 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10575 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10576 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10577 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10579 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10580 - When you save the file's buffer.
10581 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10582 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10583 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10584 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10586 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10588 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10589 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10590 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10591 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10595 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10596 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10600 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10604 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10605 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10606 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17928 6535))
10607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10609 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10610 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10611 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10612 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10616 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10617 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10621 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10622 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10623 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10624 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10628 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10629 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10630 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10631 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10632 backup file names and the like).
10634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10636 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10637 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10638 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10639 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10640 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10641 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10642 internally by feedmail):
10644 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10645 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10646 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10647 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10649 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10650 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10651 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10652 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10653 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10655 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10659 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10660 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18190 35190))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10663 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10664 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10665 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10666 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10667 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10668 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10669 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10671 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10673 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10674 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10675 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10676 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10677 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10678 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10679 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10681 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10683 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10685 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10686 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10687 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10688 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10689 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10690 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10692 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10694 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10695 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10696 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10698 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10699 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10704 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10705 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10707 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10709 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10710 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10716 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10717 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10718 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10719 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18190 35190))
10720 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10722 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10723 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10724 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10725 be added to the cache.
10727 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10729 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10730 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10731 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10732 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10733 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10735 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10737 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10738 Add FILE to the file cache.
10742 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10743 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10744 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10746 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10749 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10750 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10752 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10754 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10755 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10756 This function does not use any external programs
10757 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10758 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10759 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10761 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10763 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10764 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10765 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10766 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10767 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10768 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10769 \(directories) is done.
10772 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10773 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10774 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10778 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18190
10780 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10782 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10783 Filesets initialization.
10784 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18190 35208))
10791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10792 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10797 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10798 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10799 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10801 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10802 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10803 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10804 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10805 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10807 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10809 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10810 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10811 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10812 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10813 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10815 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10817 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10818 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10819 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10820 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10822 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10824 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10825 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10826 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10828 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10830 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10831 as the final argument.
10833 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10836 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10837 and run dired on those files.
10838 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10839 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10841 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10843 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10845 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10846 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10847 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10849 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10851 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10853 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10857 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10858 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10859 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10862 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10863 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10864 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10865 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10866 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10867 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10868 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10870 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10871 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10872 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10874 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10876 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10878 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10880 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10881 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10882 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10884 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10885 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10887 Variables of interest include:
10889 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10890 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10891 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10893 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10894 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10895 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10897 - `ff-ignore-include'
10898 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10900 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10901 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10904 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10906 - `ff-special-constructs'
10907 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10908 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10909 extracting the filename from that construct.
10911 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10912 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10914 - `ff-search-directories'
10915 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10916 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10918 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10919 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10921 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10922 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10924 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10925 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10927 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10928 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10930 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10931 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10933 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10935 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10936 Visit the file you click on.
10938 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10940 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10941 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10943 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10947 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10948 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10949 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10950 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10951 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10952 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10953 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18177 857))
10954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10956 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10957 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10959 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10961 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10962 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10963 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10964 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10966 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10967 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10968 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10969 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10971 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10974 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10976 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10977 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10978 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10979 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10981 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10982 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10985 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10987 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10988 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10990 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10991 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10992 places point before the definition.
10993 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10995 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10996 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10997 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10999 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11002 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11004 See `find-function' for more details.
11006 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11008 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11009 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11011 See `find-function' for more details.
11013 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11015 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11016 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11018 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11019 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11020 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11022 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11023 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11025 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11027 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11028 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11030 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11031 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11032 places point before the definition.
11034 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11036 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11037 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11038 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11040 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11042 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11043 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11045 See `find-variable' for more details.
11047 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11049 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11050 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11052 See `find-variable' for more details.
11054 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11056 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11057 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11058 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11059 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11060 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11061 buffer nor display it.
11063 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11064 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11066 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11068 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11069 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11071 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11072 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11073 places point before the definition.
11075 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11077 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11078 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11079 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11083 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11084 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11085 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11089 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11090 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11094 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11095 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11099 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11100 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11106 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11107 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18190 35190))
11108 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11110 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11111 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11113 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11115 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11116 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11120 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11121 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11123 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11127 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11128 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18190 35190))
11129 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11131 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11132 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11136 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11137 Display FILE's commentary section.
11138 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11142 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11143 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11149 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11150 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18177 860))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11153 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11154 Toggle flow control handling.
11155 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11156 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11158 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11160 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11161 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11162 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11163 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11164 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11165 to get the effect of a C-q.
11167 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11175 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11178 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11180 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11183 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11187 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11188 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18177 872))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11191 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11192 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11193 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11194 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11198 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11199 Turn flymake mode on.
11203 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11204 Turn flymake mode off.
11210 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11211 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11212 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18190 35209))
11213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11215 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11216 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11219 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11221 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11222 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11223 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11224 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11225 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11226 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11227 otherwise turn it off.
11230 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11231 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11232 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11233 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11236 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11239 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11240 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11241 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11243 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11245 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11246 in your .emacs file.
11248 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11249 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11253 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11254 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11258 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11259 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11263 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11264 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11268 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11269 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11273 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11274 Flyspell whole buffer.
11280 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11281 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11282 ;;;;;; (18190 35190))
11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11285 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11286 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11290 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11291 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11295 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11296 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11298 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11299 of two major techniques:
11301 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11302 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11303 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11305 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11306 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11307 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11310 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11311 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11312 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11313 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11314 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11317 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11318 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11320 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11322 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11323 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11324 \(This is the default.)
11326 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11328 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11329 \\{follow-mode-map}
11331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11333 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11334 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11336 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11337 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11338 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11339 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11340 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11341 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11343 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11344 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11345 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11347 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11348 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11349 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18177
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11359 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11360 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11361 \\<message-mode-map>
11365 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11366 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11367 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11368 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11369 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11370 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11376 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11377 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18177 860))
11378 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11380 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11381 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11383 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11384 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11385 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11386 C-c < forms-first-record <
11387 C-c > forms-last-record >
11388 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11389 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11390 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11391 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11392 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11393 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11394 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11395 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11396 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11397 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11399 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11401 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11402 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11406 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11407 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11413 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11414 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
11415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11417 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11418 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11419 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11421 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11422 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11424 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11427 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11429 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11431 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11432 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11433 `fortran-do-indent'
11434 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11435 `fortran-if-indent'
11436 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11437 `fortran-structure-indent'
11438 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11440 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11441 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11442 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11443 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11444 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11445 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11446 nil don't change the indentation
11447 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11449 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11450 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11451 depending on the continuation format in use.
11452 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11453 indentation for a line of code.
11455 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11456 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11457 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11459 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11460 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11461 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11462 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11463 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11464 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11466 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11467 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11468 statements (default nil).
11469 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11470 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11471 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11472 `fortran-continuation-string'
11473 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11474 line (default \"$\").
11475 `fortran-comment-region'
11476 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11477 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11478 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11479 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11480 as typed (default t).
11481 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11482 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11484 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11485 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11492 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18177 871))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11495 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11496 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11498 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11499 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11501 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11503 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11504 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11506 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11507 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11509 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11511 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11512 Compile fortune file.
11514 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11515 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11517 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11519 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11520 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11522 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11523 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11524 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11525 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11527 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11529 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11530 Display a fortune cookie.
11532 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11533 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11534 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11535 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11537 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11542 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11545 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11546 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11547 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11548 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11551 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11552 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11553 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11554 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11556 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11557 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11558 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11559 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11560 some of the buffers.
11562 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11564 The following commands help control operation :
11566 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11567 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11569 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11570 detailed description of this mode.
11573 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11575 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11576 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11580 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11581 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11582 | | (comint-mode) |
11589 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11590 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11591 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11592 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11593 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11594 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11596 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11597 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11598 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11599 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11600 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11603 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11605 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11606 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11608 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11612 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11613 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18190
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11617 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11618 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11619 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11620 instead (which see).")
11622 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11623 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11625 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11626 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11627 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11628 documentation string instead.
11630 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11631 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11632 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11633 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11634 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11635 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11636 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11637 enders are actually possible.
11639 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11640 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11642 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11643 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11644 `font-lock-keywords'.
11646 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11647 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11648 runs the macro expansion.
11650 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11651 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11652 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11654 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11656 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11658 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11659 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11661 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11663 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11664 Enter generic mode MODE.
11666 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11667 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11668 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11670 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11671 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11675 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11676 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11677 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11678 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11679 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11680 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11681 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11682 `font-lock-keywords'.
11684 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11688 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11689 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11692 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11693 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11694 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11695 at places they belong to.
11697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11702 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18177 860))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11705 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11706 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11708 Guideline for numbers:
11709 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11710 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11713 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11715 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11716 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11717 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11719 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11722 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11724 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11726 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11727 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11729 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11730 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11731 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11732 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11733 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11734 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11736 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11737 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11738 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11739 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11740 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11742 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11744 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11748 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11749 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18190 35191))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11751 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11752 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11754 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11755 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11759 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11761 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11762 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11763 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11764 name of an NNTP server to use.
11765 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11768 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11771 Read news as a slave.
11773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11775 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11776 Pop up a frame to read news.
11777 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11778 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11779 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11780 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11781 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11782 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11783 current display is used.
11785 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11789 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11790 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11791 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11793 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11798 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11799 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11800 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11801 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11802 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18190 35190))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11805 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Start Gnus unplugged.
11810 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Start Gnus plugged.
11815 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11816 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11820 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11821 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11823 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11824 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11825 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11827 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11828 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11829 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11840 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11841 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11842 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11845 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11848 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11849 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11850 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11851 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11854 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11856 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11857 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11861 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11863 downloaded into the agent.
11865 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11869 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11870 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11872 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11874 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11875 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11879 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11880 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11884 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11886 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11888 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11893 ;;;;;; (18190 35190))
11894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11896 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11897 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11904 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11907 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11908 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11915 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18212 21481))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11918 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11919 Set a bookmark for this article.
11923 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11924 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11926 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11928 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11929 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11930 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11931 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11932 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11939 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11940 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18177
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11944 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11945 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11948 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11952 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11953 Generate the cache active file.
11955 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11957 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11958 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11962 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11963 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11964 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11965 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11966 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11969 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11971 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11972 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11973 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11974 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11975 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11978 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11983 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18177 860))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11986 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11987 Delay this article by some time.
11988 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11990 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11991 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11993 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11994 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11996 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11997 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11999 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12001 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12002 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12006 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12007 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12008 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12009 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12011 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12012 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12014 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12019 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18177 860))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12022 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12025 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12027 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12030 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12034 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12035 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12038 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12039 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12049 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12050 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12057 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12058 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18177
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12062 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12063 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12067 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12072 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12073 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12075 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12076 different input formats.
12080 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12081 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12083 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12084 different input formats.
12088 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12089 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12090 The PNG is returned as a string.
12092 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12094 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12095 Convert FILE to a Face.
12096 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12099 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12104 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18177 861))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12107 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12108 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12109 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12110 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12112 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12115 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12117 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12122 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12125 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12127 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12128 Run batched scoring.
12129 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12136 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12140 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12145 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12146 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12147 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12152 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12154 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12161 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12162 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12165 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12166 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12167 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12168 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12171 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12172 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12173 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12174 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12176 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12177 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12178 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12179 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12180 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12181 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12182 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12183 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12184 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12185 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12187 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12189 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12190 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12191 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12194 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12195 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12197 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12199 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12200 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12201 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12203 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12207 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12208 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12209 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12211 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12213 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12214 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12215 existing groups are considered.
12217 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12218 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12221 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12222 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12223 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12224 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12225 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12226 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12227 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12228 clauses will be generated.
12230 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12231 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12232 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12233 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12234 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12235 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12237 For example, given the following group parameters:
12240 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12241 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12243 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12244 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12245 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12246 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12248 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12250 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12252 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12254 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12255 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12258 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12263 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12266 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12267 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12268 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12270 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12274 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12275 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18177 861))
12276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12278 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12279 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12280 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12281 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12283 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12288 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12290 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12291 Like `message-reply'.
12293 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12295 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12300 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18177 861))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12303 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12304 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12308 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12309 Load the NoCeM cache.
12315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12316 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12317 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12320 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12321 Display picons in the From header.
12322 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12326 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12327 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12328 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12332 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12333 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12334 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12341 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12342 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12343 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12344 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18177 861))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12347 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12348 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12349 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12350 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12356 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12359 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12362 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12363 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12374 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12379 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12380 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12382 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12384 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12386 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12387 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12388 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12390 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12392 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12393 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12394 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12396 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12399 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12400 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12402 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12405 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12407 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12412 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18177 861))
12413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12415 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12420 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12421 Install the registry hooks.
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18177
12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12432 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12433 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12434 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12435 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12436 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12437 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12441 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12442 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12443 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12444 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12445 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12457 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12460 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12461 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12462 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12463 for matching on group names.
12465 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12466 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12468 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12470 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12476 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12477 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12480 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12481 Update the format specification near point.
12487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12488 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18177
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12492 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12493 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12495 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12497 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12505 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12508 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12509 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12511 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18177 871))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12518 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12519 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12521 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12522 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12523 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12525 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12526 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12527 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12529 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12530 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12532 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12533 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12535 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12537 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12541 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12542 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18177 869))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12545 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12547 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12548 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12549 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12550 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12551 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12553 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12555 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12556 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12557 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12559 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12560 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12562 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12563 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12566 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12571 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12572 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18190 35205))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12575 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12576 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12578 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12580 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12581 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12582 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12583 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12584 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12586 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12587 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12589 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12591 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12592 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12593 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12594 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12598 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12599 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12601 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12603 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12604 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12606 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12607 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12608 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12610 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12611 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12612 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12614 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12615 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12616 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12617 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12618 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12620 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12622 (defvar grep-history nil)
12624 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12626 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12627 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12628 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12632 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12637 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12638 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12642 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12643 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12644 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12645 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12646 where grep found matches.
12648 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12649 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12651 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12652 easily repeat a grep command.
12654 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12655 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12656 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12657 if that history list is empty).
12659 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12661 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12662 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12663 Collect output in a buffer.
12664 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12665 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12667 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12668 easily repeat a find command.
12670 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12672 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12674 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12675 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12676 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12677 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12678 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12680 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12681 before it is executed.
12682 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12684 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12685 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12686 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12688 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12690 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12692 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12693 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12694 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12695 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12696 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12698 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12699 before it is executed.
12700 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12702 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12703 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12704 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12706 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12712 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18177 863))
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12715 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12716 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12717 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12718 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12719 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12721 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12725 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12726 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18190 35205))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12729 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12730 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12732 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12733 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12734 `gdba' for more information.
12736 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12737 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12738 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12739 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12740 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12743 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12745 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12746 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12747 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12748 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12750 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12752 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12753 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12754 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12755 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12757 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12759 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12760 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12761 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12762 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12764 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12765 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12767 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12769 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12770 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12771 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12772 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12774 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12776 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12777 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12778 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12779 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12781 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12784 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12785 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12786 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12787 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12789 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12790 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12791 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12792 original source file access method.
12794 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12795 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12797 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12798 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12800 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12802 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12803 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12809 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18177
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12813 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12814 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12815 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12816 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12818 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12819 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12820 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12821 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12827 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12828 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12831 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12832 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12834 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12837 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12838 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12839 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12841 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12845 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12846 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12847 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12848 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12855 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12856 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12857 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "gnus/hashcash.el" (18212 21477))
12858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/hashcash.el
12860 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12861 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12865 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12866 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12867 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12871 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12872 Verify a hashcash payment
12874 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12876 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12877 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12878 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12879 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12880 `mail-add-payment-async').
12882 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12884 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12885 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12886 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12887 Calculation is asynchronous.
12889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12891 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12892 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12893 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12900 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12901 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12902 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18177 863))
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12905 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12906 Return the help-echo string at point.
12907 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12908 property, or nil, is returned.
12909 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12910 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12911 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12913 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12915 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12916 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12917 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12918 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12919 this produces no string either, return nil.
12923 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12924 Display local help in the echo area.
12925 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12926 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12927 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12930 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12931 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12932 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12936 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12937 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12938 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12942 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12943 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12944 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12948 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12949 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12950 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12951 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12952 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12953 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12954 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12955 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12956 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12957 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12958 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12960 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12961 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12962 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12963 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12964 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12966 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12967 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12968 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12969 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12970 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12971 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12972 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12973 The default is `never'.")
12975 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12977 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12978 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12979 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12980 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12981 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12982 considered different regions.
12984 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12985 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12986 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12987 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12988 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12989 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12990 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12991 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12992 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12994 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12996 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12997 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12998 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12999 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13002 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13003 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13004 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13005 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13006 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13007 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13008 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13009 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13011 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13012 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13013 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13014 rarely happens in practice.
13016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13018 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13019 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13020 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13021 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13022 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13023 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13029 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13030 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13031 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13032 ;;;;;; (18190 35191))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13035 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13036 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13038 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13040 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13041 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13042 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13044 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13046 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13047 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13049 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13051 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13054 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13056 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13057 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13058 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13059 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13061 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13063 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13064 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13065 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13066 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13067 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13068 it is displayed along with the global value.
13070 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13072 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13073 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13074 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13075 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13077 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13079 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13080 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13081 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13082 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13083 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13089 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13090 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13093 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13094 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13095 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13096 and window listing and describing the options.
13097 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13098 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13100 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13105 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13106 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18177 863))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13109 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13110 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13111 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13117 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13122 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13127 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13128 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13130 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13131 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13132 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13133 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13135 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13136 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13137 restore it properly when going back.
13139 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13142 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13144 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13145 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13146 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13147 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13148 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13149 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13150 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13151 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13153 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13154 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13155 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13156 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13158 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13159 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13164 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13165 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13166 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13167 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13168 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13169 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13171 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13173 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13174 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13175 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13176 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13179 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13181 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13182 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13184 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13188 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13189 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18177 858))
13190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13192 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13193 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13197 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13198 Provide help for current mode.
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13205 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18177 863))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13208 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13209 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13210 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13211 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13212 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13214 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13215 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13217 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13218 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13219 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13220 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13222 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13223 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13226 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13231 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13232 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13233 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13234 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13235 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13236 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13237 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13238 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13239 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13240 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13241 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13242 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13243 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13244 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13245 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13247 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13248 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13249 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13251 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13254 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13256 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13257 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13258 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13260 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13261 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13262 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13264 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13265 into the buffer at the current point.
13267 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13268 into the buffer at the current point.
13270 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13271 into the buffer at the current point.
13273 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13275 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13276 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13278 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13280 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13284 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13285 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13286 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13287 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13289 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13292 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13293 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13299 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13300 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13301 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13302 ;;;;;; (18190 35191))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13305 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13306 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13308 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13309 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13310 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13311 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13312 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13313 called interactively, are:
13315 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13316 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13318 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13319 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13320 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13321 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13323 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13324 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13326 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13327 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13329 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13330 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13331 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13332 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13333 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13334 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13335 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13336 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13337 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13338 function returns t.
13340 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13341 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13343 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13344 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13347 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13348 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13349 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13350 Patterns will be read until
13352 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13356 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13357 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13358 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13360 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13361 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13363 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13365 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13366 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13367 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13368 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13369 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13373 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13375 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13376 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13378 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13379 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13380 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13381 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13383 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13385 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13387 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13388 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13390 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13391 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13392 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13393 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13395 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13397 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13399 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13400 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13402 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13403 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13405 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13407 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13409 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13410 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13412 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13413 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13414 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13415 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13416 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13418 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13420 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13421 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13423 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13424 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13425 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13431 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13432 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18177 872))
13433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13435 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13436 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13437 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13438 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13439 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13440 how the hiding is done:
13443 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13444 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13447 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13448 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13449 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13450 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13451 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13454 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13455 #endif lines when hiding.
13457 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13458 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13461 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13462 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13463 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13465 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13470 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13472 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13474 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13475 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13477 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13479 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13480 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13482 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13486 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13487 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13490 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13491 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13492 Each element has the form
13493 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13495 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13496 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13498 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13499 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13501 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13502 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13503 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13504 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13505 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13506 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13508 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13509 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13511 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13512 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13514 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13515 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13516 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13518 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13519 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13520 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13521 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13522 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13523 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13525 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13526 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13527 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13529 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13530 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13532 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13535 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13539 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13540 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13546 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13547 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13548 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13549 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13550 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18177 863))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13553 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13554 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13555 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13557 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13559 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13560 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13562 Without an argument:
13563 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13564 or passive state as determined by the variable
13565 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13568 With an argument ARG:
13569 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13570 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13571 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13573 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13574 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13575 not displayed in a different face.
13578 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13579 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13580 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13581 buffer with the contents of a file
13582 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13583 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13587 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13588 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13589 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13593 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13594 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13598 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13599 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13603 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13604 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13606 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13607 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13608 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13609 shown in the last face in the list.
13611 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13612 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13613 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13615 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13619 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13620 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13622 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13624 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13627 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13628 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13630 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13631 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13632 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13634 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13636 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13637 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13639 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13640 this function is called interactively.
13642 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13643 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13644 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13646 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13647 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13648 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13650 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13652 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13653 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13655 When called interactively:
13656 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13657 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13658 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13659 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13661 When called from a program:
13662 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13663 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13664 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13665 - otherwise just turn it on
13667 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13668 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13669 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13670 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13676 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13677 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13678 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13679 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13680 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18177 863))
13681 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13683 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13684 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13685 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13686 or insert functions in this list.")
13688 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13690 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13691 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13693 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13695 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13696 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13698 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13700 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13701 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13703 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13705 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13706 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13708 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13710 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13711 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13712 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13714 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13716 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13717 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13718 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13721 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13723 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13724 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13725 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13726 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13727 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13729 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13731 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13732 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13733 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13734 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13735 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13737 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13738 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13739 undoes the expansion.
13743 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13744 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13745 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13746 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13748 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13753 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13756 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13757 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13758 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13760 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13761 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13762 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13763 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13764 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13766 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13767 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13768 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13769 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13773 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13774 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13775 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13778 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13780 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13782 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13783 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13784 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13786 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13787 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13794 ;;;;;; (18190 35185))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13797 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13798 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13799 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13801 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13806 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13808 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13809 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13810 different list. For example,
13812 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13813 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13815 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13816 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13818 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13819 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13820 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13821 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13824 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13826 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13830 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18177
13832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13834 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13835 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13841 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13842 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13843 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18177 863))
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13866 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13867 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13868 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13872 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13875 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13878 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13880 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13882 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13883 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13887 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13892 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13895 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13898 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13900 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13901 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13902 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13903 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13904 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13906 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13916 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13918 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13923 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Remove the first filter group.
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13936 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13938 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Remove all filter groups.
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13944 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13949 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13950 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Kill the filter group at point.
13956 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13958 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13972 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13973 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13975 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13978 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13979 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13985 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13989 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13994 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14002 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14003 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14004 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14020 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14023 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14025 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14027 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14029 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14031 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14036 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14041 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14047 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14048 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14056 Default sorting modes are:
14057 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14058 Name - the name of the buffer
14059 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14060 Size - the size of the buffer
14064 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14069 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14070 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14071 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14080 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14081 for this Ibuffer session.
14083 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14087 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14088 for this Ibuffer session.
14090 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14095 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14096 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14098 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14099 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14101 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14106 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14107 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14109 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14119 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14120 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14121 hidden group filter, open it.
14123 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14124 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14125 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14131 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14135 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14138 The names are separated by a space.
14139 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14141 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14142 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14143 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14144 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14146 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14153 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14155 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14158 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14163 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Mark all modified buffers.
14175 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14180 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14185 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14200 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14205 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all read-only buffers.
14210 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14215 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14217 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14220 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14224 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14225 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18177
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14229 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14230 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14232 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14233 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14234 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14236 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14237 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14238 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14239 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14240 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14241 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14243 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14244 title of the column.
14246 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14247 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14248 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14249 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14250 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14252 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14254 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14255 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14256 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14257 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14258 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14260 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14261 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14262 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14264 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14266 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14267 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14268 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14269 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14270 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14271 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14273 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14274 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14275 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14276 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14277 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14278 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14279 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14280 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14282 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14283 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14284 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14285 buffer's modification flag.
14286 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14287 prompted before performing this operation.
14288 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14289 operation is complete, in the form:
14290 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14291 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14292 confirmation message, in the form:
14293 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14294 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14295 macro for exactly what it does.
14297 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14299 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14300 Define a filter named NAME.
14301 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14302 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14303 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14305 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14306 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14307 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14308 bound to the current value of the filter.
14310 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14315 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18177 864))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14318 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14319 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14320 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14321 buffers which are visiting a file.
14323 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14325 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14326 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14327 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14328 buffers which are visiting a file.
14330 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14332 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14333 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14334 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14336 All arguments are optional.
14337 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14338 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14339 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14340 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14341 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14342 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14343 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14344 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14345 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14346 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14347 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14348 that value locally in this buffer.
14350 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14354 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14355 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14356 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18190 35185))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14359 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14360 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14361 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14362 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14364 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14366 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14367 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14368 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14369 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14371 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14372 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14373 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14375 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14377 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14378 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14379 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14380 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14381 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14382 non-marking or not.
14384 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14386 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14387 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14389 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14390 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14393 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14394 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14395 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14397 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14400 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14401 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14402 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14404 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14408 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18177
14410 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14412 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14413 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14414 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14417 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14419 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14421 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14422 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14423 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14424 otherwise turn it off.
14426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14430 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18177 873))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14433 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14434 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14435 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14436 Tab indents for Icon code.
14437 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14438 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14440 Variables controlling indentation style:
14441 icon-tab-always-indent
14442 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14443 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14445 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14446 inserted in Icon code.
14448 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14449 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14450 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14451 icon-continued-statement-offset
14452 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14453 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14454 icon-continued-brace-offset
14455 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14456 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14458 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14459 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14460 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14461 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14463 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14464 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14470 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14471 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14474 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14475 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14476 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14477 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14479 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14480 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14483 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14484 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14486 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14487 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14488 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14492 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14496 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14497 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14500 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14501 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14503 The main features of this mode are
14505 1. Indentation and Formatting
14506 --------------------------
14507 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14508 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14510 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14511 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14512 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14513 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14515 Comments are indented as follows:
14517 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14518 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14519 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14521 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14523 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14524 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14525 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14526 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14527 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14528 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14530 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14531 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14532 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14533 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14537 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14538 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14539 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14540 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14541 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14542 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14543 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14544 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14545 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14546 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14551 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14552 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14553 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14554 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14558 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14559 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14560 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14561 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14562 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14565 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14566 --------------------------------
14567 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14568 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14570 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14571 \\fu FUNCTION template
14572 \\c CASE statement template
14573 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14574 \\f FOR loop template
14575 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14576 \\w WHILE loop template
14577 \\i IF statement template
14578 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14581 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14582 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14584 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14585 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14586 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14587 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14589 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14590 -------------------------
14591 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14592 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14594 7. Automatic END completion
14595 ------------------------
14596 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14597 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14601 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14602 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14604 9. Documentation and Customization
14605 -------------------------------
14606 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14607 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14608 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14609 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14610 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14614 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14615 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14616 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14618 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14621 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14625 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14626 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14627 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14628 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14629 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14630 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14631 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14632 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18190
14634 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14636 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14637 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14638 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14639 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14641 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14642 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14643 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14646 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14648 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14650 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14651 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14652 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14653 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14654 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14655 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14656 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14657 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14658 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14662 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14663 Switch to another buffer.
14664 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14665 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14668 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14669 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14670 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14671 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14672 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14674 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14675 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14677 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14678 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14680 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14681 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14682 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14683 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14684 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14685 in a separate window.
14686 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14687 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14688 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14689 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14690 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14691 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14692 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14693 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14698 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14700 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14705 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14706 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14712 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14714 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14719 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14720 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14721 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14722 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14726 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14727 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14728 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14729 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14733 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14734 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14739 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14740 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14741 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14742 visible in another frame.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14745 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14746 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14747 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14748 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14749 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14751 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14752 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14754 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14755 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14757 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14758 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14759 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14760 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14761 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14762 in a separate window.
14763 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14764 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14765 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14766 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14767 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14768 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14769 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14770 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14771 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14772 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14773 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14774 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14775 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14776 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14777 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14781 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14782 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14783 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14789 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14790 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14796 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14797 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14802 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14803 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14804 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14809 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14810 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14811 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14816 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14817 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14823 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14824 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14830 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14831 Write current buffer to a file.
14832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14833 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14837 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14838 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14839 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14840 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14844 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14845 Call `dired' the ido way.
14846 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14847 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14851 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14852 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14853 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14854 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14855 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14856 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14858 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14860 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14861 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14862 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14863 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14865 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14867 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14868 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14869 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14870 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14872 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14874 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14875 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14876 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14877 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14878 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14879 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14880 with `completing-read'.
14881 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14882 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14883 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14884 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14885 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14886 with point positioned at the end.
14887 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14888 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14890 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14894 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18177 864))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14896 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14898 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14899 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14900 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14907 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14910 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14911 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14915 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14916 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14922 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14923 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14924 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14925 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14926 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18190 35191))
14927 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14929 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14930 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14931 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14934 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14936 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14937 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14938 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14943 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14944 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14945 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14948 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14950 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14951 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14952 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14955 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14957 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14958 Determine and return image type.
14959 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14960 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14961 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14962 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14963 use its file extension as image type.
14964 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14966 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14968 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14969 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14970 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14972 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14974 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14975 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14976 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14978 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14979 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14980 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14981 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14986 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14988 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14989 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14990 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14991 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14992 use its file extension as image type.
14993 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14994 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14995 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14996 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14998 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15000 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15001 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15002 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15004 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15006 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15007 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15008 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15009 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15010 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15011 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15012 POS may be an integer or marker.
15013 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15014 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15015 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15016 means display it in the right marginal area.
15018 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15020 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15021 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15022 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15023 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15024 defaulted if you omit it.
15025 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15026 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15027 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15028 means display it in the right marginal area.
15029 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15030 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15031 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15032 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15033 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15035 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15037 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15038 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15039 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15040 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15041 defaulted if you omit it.
15042 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15043 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15044 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15045 means display it in the right marginal area.
15046 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15048 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15050 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15051 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15052 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15053 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15055 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15057 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15058 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15060 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15062 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15063 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15064 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15065 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15066 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15067 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15068 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15069 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15072 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15074 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15076 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15078 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15079 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15081 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15082 documentation string.
15084 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15085 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15086 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15087 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15088 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15089 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15090 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15095 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15096 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15098 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15102 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15103 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15104 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15105 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15106 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15107 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15108 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15109 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18190 35191))
15110 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15112 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15113 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15118 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15120 Convenience command that:
15122 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15123 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15124 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15126 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15127 image files in dired and type
15128 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15130 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15132 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15133 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15135 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15138 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15139 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15140 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15141 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15144 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15145 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15146 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15148 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15149 instead of erasing it first.
15151 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15152 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15153 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15154 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15155 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15156 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15158 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15161 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15162 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15163 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15168 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15170 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15173 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15178 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15179 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15184 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15189 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15190 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15191 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15195 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15196 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15200 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15201 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15206 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15211 Display current image file.
15212 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15213 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15218 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15223 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15224 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15225 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15226 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15227 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15228 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15232 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15233 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15234 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15241 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15242 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15243 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18177 864))
15244 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15246 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15247 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15248 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15249 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15251 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15252 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15253 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15254 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15256 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15258 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15259 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15260 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15261 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15263 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15264 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15265 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15266 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15268 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15270 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15271 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15275 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15276 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15277 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15278 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15280 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15282 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15283 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15284 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15287 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15289 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15291 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15292 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15293 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15294 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15296 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15297 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15298 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15304 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15305 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18177 864))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15307 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15308 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15309 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15310 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15311 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15312 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15313 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15314 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15315 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15318 Major mode for image files.
15319 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15320 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15324 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15325 Toggle Image minor mode.
15326 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15327 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15331 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15332 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15333 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15334 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15335 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15336 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15338 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15339 information on these modes.
15345 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15346 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18177 864))
15347 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15349 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15350 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15352 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15354 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15355 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15358 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15360 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15361 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15362 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15364 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15366 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15367 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15369 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15370 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15371 pattern's structure.
15373 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15374 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15375 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15380 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15381 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15383 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15384 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15385 called within a `save-excursion'.
15387 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15389 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15391 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15392 Function for finding the next index position.
15394 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15395 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15396 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15399 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15400 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15402 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15404 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15405 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15407 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15408 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15409 It should return the name for that index item.")
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15413 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15414 Function to compare string with index item.
15416 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15417 non-nil if they match.
15419 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15420 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15421 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15422 arguments match\".")
15424 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15426 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15427 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15428 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15430 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15434 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15436 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15437 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15438 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15439 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15443 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15444 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15446 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15450 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15451 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15452 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15453 for more information.
15455 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15459 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15460 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15461 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18177 866))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15464 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15465 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15469 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15472 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15474 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15477 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15479 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15482 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15484 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15485 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15487 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15492 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15493 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18177 873))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15496 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15497 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15498 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15499 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15500 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15502 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15504 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15505 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15507 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15509 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15510 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15511 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15512 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15513 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15514 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15515 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15516 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15518 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15520 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15521 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15522 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15523 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15524 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15526 This variable is only used if the variable
15527 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15529 More precise choices:
15530 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15531 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15534 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15536 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15538 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15539 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15541 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15542 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15543 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15545 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15546 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15547 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15548 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15551 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15553 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15557 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15558 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15559 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15560 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18177 864))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15563 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15564 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15566 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15567 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15568 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15570 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15571 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15572 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15573 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15574 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15575 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15576 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15577 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15578 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15579 with the top-level Info directory.
15581 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15582 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15583 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15584 appended to the Info buffer name.
15586 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15587 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15588 in all the directories in that path.
15590 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15592 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15593 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15597 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15598 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15599 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15600 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15604 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15605 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15606 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15607 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15609 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15611 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15612 Go to the Info directory node.
15616 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15617 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15618 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15619 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15620 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15621 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15623 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15625 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15626 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15627 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15629 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15631 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15632 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15633 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15634 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15635 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15637 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15638 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15640 Selecting other nodes:
15641 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15642 Follow a node reference you click on.
15643 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15644 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15645 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15646 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15647 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15648 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15649 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15650 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15651 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15652 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15653 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15654 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15655 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15656 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15657 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15658 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15659 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15660 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15661 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15662 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15664 Moving within a node:
15665 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15666 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15667 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15668 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15669 move up to the parent node.
15670 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15671 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15673 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15676 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15677 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15678 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15679 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15680 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15681 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15682 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15683 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15684 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15685 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15686 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15687 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15688 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15689 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15690 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15691 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15694 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15696 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15697 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15698 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15699 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15700 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15701 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15703 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15704 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15706 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15707 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15709 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15710 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15711 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15712 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15716 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15717 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15718 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15724 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15725 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15726 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15729 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15730 Throw away all cached data.
15731 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15732 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15736 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15738 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15739 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15740 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15741 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15742 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15743 one found at point.
15745 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15747 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15748 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15750 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15751 Display the documentation of a file.
15752 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15753 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15754 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15755 The default file name is the one found at point.
15757 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15759 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15761 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15762 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15764 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15766 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15767 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15769 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15773 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15774 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18177 864))
15775 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15777 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15778 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15780 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15783 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15784 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15788 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15789 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15790 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15792 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15793 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15800 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15801 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18177 864))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15804 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15805 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15807 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15809 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15810 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15811 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15813 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15814 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15815 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15817 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15818 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15819 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15820 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15824 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15825 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15826 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15830 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15831 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15832 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15833 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15834 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15841 ;;;;;; (18210 13714))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15844 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15845 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15846 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15848 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15849 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15851 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15852 after typing another C-s or C-r at a failing search, the search goes
15853 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15856 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15857 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15858 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15859 direction is backward (when isearch-forward is nil), this function
15860 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15861 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15862 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15863 buffer in the series.")
15865 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15866 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15867 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15873 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15874 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15875 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15878 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15879 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15883 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15884 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15888 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15891 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15895 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18177
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15899 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15900 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15901 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15902 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15903 accessed via isearchb.
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15913 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
15914 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15915 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15916 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15917 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15918 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15920 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15921 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15923 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15924 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15925 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15926 \"s gives German sharp s.
15927 /a gives a with ring.
15928 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15929 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15930 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15931 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15933 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15934 and a negative argument disables it.
15936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15940 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15941 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15942 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15943 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18177 864))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15946 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15948 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15949 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15953 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15954 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15955 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15962 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15969 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15976 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15981 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15983 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15984 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15989 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15990 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15991 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15996 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15997 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16004 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Warn that format is read-only.
16012 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Warn that format is write-only.
16017 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16019 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16027 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16029 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16030 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16031 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16035 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16036 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16037 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16038 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16039 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16040 ;;;;;; (18177 875))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16042 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16044 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16045 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16046 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16047 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16049 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16050 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16052 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16053 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16054 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16056 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16057 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16060 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16062 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16064 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16066 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16068 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16070 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16072 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16074 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16075 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16077 Each element of this list is also a list:
16079 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16080 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16082 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16083 nil means the default dictionary.
16085 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16087 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16089 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16090 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16091 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16092 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16093 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16094 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16095 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16096 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16097 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16099 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16100 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16101 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16102 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16103 for non-ASCII bytes.
16105 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16106 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16109 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16112 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16113 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16114 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16115 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16116 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16117 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16118 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16119 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16121 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16123 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16124 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16125 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16127 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16128 Key map for ispell menu.")
16130 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16131 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16132 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16133 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16135 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16137 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16139 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16141 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16143 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16144 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16145 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16146 Valid forms include:
16147 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16148 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16149 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16150 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16152 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16153 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16154 First list is used raw.
16155 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16157 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16158 for skipping in latex mode.")
16160 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16161 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16162 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16163 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16164 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16165 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16167 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16168 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16169 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16170 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16172 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16173 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16174 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16175 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16176 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16178 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16179 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16181 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16182 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16184 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16185 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16187 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16188 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16191 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16192 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16193 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16194 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16195 quit spell session exited.
16197 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16200 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16201 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16203 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16205 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16206 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16210 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16211 SPC: Accept word this time.
16212 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16213 `a': Accept word for this session.
16214 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16215 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16216 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16217 `?': Show these commands.
16218 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16219 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16220 the aborted check to be completed later.
16221 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16222 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16223 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16224 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16225 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16226 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16227 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16231 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16232 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16233 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16235 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16238 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16239 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16240 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16242 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16244 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16246 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16247 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16248 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16249 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16251 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16254 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16258 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16259 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16263 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16264 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16268 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16269 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16270 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16271 sequence inside of a word.
16273 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16275 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16278 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16282 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16283 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16284 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16285 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16287 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16288 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16289 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16290 available on the net.
16294 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16295 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16296 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16297 otherwise turn it off.
16299 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16300 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16302 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16303 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16307 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16308 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16309 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16310 Don't check included messages.
16312 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16313 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16314 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16316 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16317 in your .emacs file:
16318 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16319 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16320 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16321 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16323 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16324 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16325 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18177
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16335 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16336 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16337 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16340 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16342 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16344 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16345 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16346 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16347 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16348 `iswitchb' for details.
16350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16355 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16356 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16357 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18177 866))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16360 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16365 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16367 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16368 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16369 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16370 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16371 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16372 necessary to represent OBJ.
16374 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16378 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16379 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16381 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16387 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16389 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16391 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16396 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16398 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16399 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16400 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16401 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16403 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16405 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16406 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16410 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16411 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16412 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16413 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16414 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16416 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16418 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16420 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16421 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16422 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16424 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16426 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16427 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16428 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16430 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16434 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16435 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18177 866))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16438 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16439 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16440 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16441 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16443 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16446 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16448 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16449 Uninstall jka-compr.
16450 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16451 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16452 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16458 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16459 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16460 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
16461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16463 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16464 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16465 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16466 decimal key must be specified.")
16468 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16470 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16471 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16472 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16473 decimal key must be specified.")
16475 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16477 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16478 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16479 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16480 decimal key must be specified.")
16482 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16484 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16485 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16486 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16487 decimal key must be specified.")
16489 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16491 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16492 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16493 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16494 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16495 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16499 -------------------------------------------------------------
16500 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16501 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16502 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16503 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16504 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16505 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16506 in the global and local keymaps.
16508 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16509 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16511 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16515 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16516 ;;;;;; (18177 865))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16519 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16520 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16521 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16523 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16524 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16525 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16526 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16529 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16530 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16531 the context of text formatting.
16533 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16537 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18177
16539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16541 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16542 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16543 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16544 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16545 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16546 positions that contains the current selection.")
16548 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16549 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16550 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16551 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16552 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16553 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16554 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16561 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16562 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16563 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18177 866))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16565 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16566 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16567 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16568 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16569 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16570 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16571 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16573 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16576 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16577 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16579 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16581 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16582 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16583 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16585 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16586 defining the macro.
16588 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16589 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16590 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16592 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16593 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16597 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16598 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16599 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16600 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16601 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16604 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16605 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16606 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16610 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16611 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16612 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16614 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16615 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16616 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16617 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16619 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16620 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16622 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16624 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16625 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16626 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16628 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16631 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16632 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16634 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16635 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16636 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16638 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16639 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16645 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16646 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16648 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16650 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16651 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16652 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16653 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16655 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16656 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16658 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16660 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16661 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16662 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16664 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16668 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16669 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16670 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18177 866))
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16673 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16675 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16680 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16683 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16685 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16688 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16690 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16691 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16692 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16693 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16695 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16700 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18177 866))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16703 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16704 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16705 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16707 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16715 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16718 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16720 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16721 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16725 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16727 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16728 Start or resume an Lm game.
16729 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16730 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16732 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16733 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16734 none / 1 | yes | no
16739 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16740 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16741 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16748 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16749 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18177 866))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16752 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16755 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16757 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16758 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16759 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16760 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16761 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16762 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16764 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16765 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16767 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16769 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16770 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16772 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16774 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16777 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16779 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16786 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16787 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16788 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18177 865))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16791 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16792 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16793 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16794 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16796 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16798 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16799 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16800 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16802 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16804 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16805 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16806 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16810 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16811 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16812 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16813 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16815 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16819 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16820 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18177 865))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16823 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16824 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16825 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16826 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16827 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16828 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16829 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16830 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16832 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16833 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16836 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16838 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16840 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16841 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16842 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16843 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16844 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16845 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16846 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16847 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16849 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16851 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16852 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16853 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16854 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16857 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16859 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16863 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16864 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18177 870))
16865 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16867 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16868 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16869 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16870 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16872 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16874 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16875 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16878 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16880 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16881 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16882 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16883 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16884 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16887 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16888 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16889 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16890 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16891 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16893 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16894 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16895 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16896 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16897 slow to keep up with your typing.
16899 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16900 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16901 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16902 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16903 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16904 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16906 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16907 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16908 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16909 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16911 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16912 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16913 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16914 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16916 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16917 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16918 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16919 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16920 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16924 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
16925 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16931 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16932 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
16933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16935 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16937 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16939 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16940 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16947 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16950 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16951 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16953 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16954 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16956 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16957 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16959 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16960 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16961 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16962 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16963 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16964 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16965 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16966 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16967 and transmit saved text.
16970 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16971 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16975 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16982 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18177 871))
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16985 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16986 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16987 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16988 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16989 generations (this defaults to 1).
16991 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16995 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18177
16997 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16999 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17000 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
17001 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17002 is nil, raise an error.
17004 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17005 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17006 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17007 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17008 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17009 defined by the library.
17011 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17012 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17013 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17014 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17015 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17018 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17019 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17020 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17021 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17023 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17027 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17028 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18177 867))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17031 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17032 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17033 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17035 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17037 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17038 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17039 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17040 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17042 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17043 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17044 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17045 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17046 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17047 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17050 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17051 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17053 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17054 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17056 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17058 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17060 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17061 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17062 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17063 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17064 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17065 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17066 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17067 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17068 to constrain a big search.
17070 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17072 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17073 except that FILTER is not optional.
17075 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17079 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18177 867))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17082 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17083 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17084 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17085 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17086 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17087 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17088 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17089 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17090 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17091 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17092 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17093 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17094 uses the current buffer.
17096 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17100 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18190
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17104 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17105 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17111 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18177
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17115 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17116 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17117 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17118 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17119 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17121 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17122 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17123 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17125 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17126 are indicated with a symbol.
17128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17133 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18177
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17137 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17139 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))
17141 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17142 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17143 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17145 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17146 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17148 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17149 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17150 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17151 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17152 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17153 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17154 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17156 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17158 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17159 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17160 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17161 switch on this list.
17162 See `lpr-command'.")
17164 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17166 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17167 *Name of program for printing a file.
17169 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17170 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17171 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17172 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17173 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17174 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17177 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17179 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17180 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17181 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17182 for customization of the printer command.
17186 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17187 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17189 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17190 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17191 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17192 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17194 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17195 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17197 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17198 for further customization of the printer command.
17202 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17203 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17204 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17205 for customization of the printer command.
17207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17209 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17210 Paginate and print the region contents.
17212 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17213 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17214 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17215 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17217 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17218 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17220 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17221 for further customization of the printer command.
17223 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17227 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17228 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17231 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17232 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17233 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17235 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18177
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17243 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17244 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17245 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17247 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17253 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18177
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17257 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17258 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17265 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17266 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17269 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17270 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17271 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17272 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17273 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17275 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17279 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17280 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18177 867))
17281 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17283 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17284 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17285 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17286 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17287 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17289 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17291 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17292 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17293 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17294 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17296 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17297 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17298 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17299 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17302 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17303 use this command, and then save the file.
17305 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17307 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17308 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17309 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17310 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17311 each time the macro executes.
17312 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17313 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17314 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17315 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17316 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17317 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17318 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17322 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17323 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17324 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17325 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17327 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17328 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17329 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17332 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17333 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17335 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17336 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17337 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17338 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17339 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17341 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17344 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17345 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17346 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17348 You could enter the names in this format:
17354 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17357 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17360 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17361 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17363 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17364 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17369 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18177 867))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17372 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17373 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17374 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17375 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17376 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17377 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17379 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17380 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17381 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17382 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17383 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17385 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17386 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17387 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17390 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17392 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17393 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17395 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17399 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17400 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17401 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17402 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17404 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17405 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17409 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17414 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17415 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17417 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17419 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17420 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17421 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17424 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17430 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17431 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17432 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18177
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17436 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17437 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17438 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17439 often correct parser.")
17441 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17443 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17446 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17448 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17449 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17450 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17451 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17453 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17455 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17456 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17457 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17458 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17460 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17462 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17463 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17464 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17465 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17466 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17467 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17468 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17471 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17473 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17474 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17475 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17476 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17477 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17478 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17480 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17485 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18177 867))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17488 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17489 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17493 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17494 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17495 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17497 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17499 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17500 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17501 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17503 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17507 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17508 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18177
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17512 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17513 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17514 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17516 If `parens', they look like:
17517 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17518 If `angles', they look like:
17519 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17521 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17523 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17524 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17525 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17526 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17527 their `Resent-' variants.
17529 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17530 removed from alias expansions.
17532 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17534 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17535 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17536 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17538 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17539 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17540 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17541 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17543 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17545 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17546 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17547 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17548 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17554 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17555 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17558 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17559 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17560 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17561 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17567 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17568 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17569 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18177 873))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17572 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17573 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17575 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17576 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17577 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17578 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17579 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17580 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17582 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17583 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17584 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17585 dependency, despite the colon.
17587 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17589 In the browser, use the following keys:
17591 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17593 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17595 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17596 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17598 `makefile-target-colon':
17599 The string that gets appended to all target names
17600 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17601 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17603 `makefile-macro-assign':
17604 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17605 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17606 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17607 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17608 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17609 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17611 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17612 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17613 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17615 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17616 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17618 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17619 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17620 up or down in the browser.
17622 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17623 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17625 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17626 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17628 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17629 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17630 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17631 has been selected in the browser.
17633 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17634 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17635 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17636 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17637 filenames are omitted.
17639 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17640 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17641 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17642 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17643 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17644 the backslash itself intact.
17645 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17646 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17648 `makefile-browser-hook':
17649 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17650 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17652 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17653 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17654 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17655 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17659 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17660 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17664 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17665 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17669 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17670 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17674 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17675 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17679 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17680 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17686 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18177
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17690 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17691 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17692 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17698 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18190 35202))
17699 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17701 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17703 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17704 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17705 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17706 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17707 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17708 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17709 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17711 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17712 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17713 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17714 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17716 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17718 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17719 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17721 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17725 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18177 867))
17726 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17728 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17729 Toggle Master mode.
17730 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17731 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17732 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17734 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17735 following commands:
17737 \\{master-mode-map}
17739 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17740 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17741 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17748 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17751 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17752 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17753 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17756 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17758 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17760 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17761 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17762 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17763 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17764 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17766 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17767 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17773 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18190
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17777 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17779 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17780 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17781 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17784 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17786 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17788 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17789 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17790 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17791 created in the future.
17792 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17793 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17799 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17800 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17801 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17802 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17803 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17804 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17805 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17806 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17807 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17808 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17809 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18177 861))
17810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17812 (defvar message-from-style 'default "\
17813 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17815 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17817 If `parens', they look like:
17818 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17819 If `angles', they look like:
17820 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17822 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17823 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17825 (custom-autoload 'message-from-style "message" t)
17827 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17828 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17830 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-separator "message" t)
17832 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17833 *Local news organization file.")
17835 (custom-autoload 'message-user-organization-file "message" t)
17837 (defvar message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "\
17838 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17839 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17840 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17842 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17843 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17844 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17846 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17848 (custom-autoload 'message-send-mail-function "message" t)
17850 (defvar message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "\
17851 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17853 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17854 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17855 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17856 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17858 (custom-autoload 'message-citation-line-function "message" t)
17860 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17861 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17862 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17863 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17865 (custom-autoload 'message-yank-prefix "message" t)
17867 (defvar message-cite-function 'message-cite-original "\
17868 *Function for citing an original message.
17869 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17870 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17871 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17873 (custom-autoload 'message-cite-function "message" t)
17875 (defvar message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "\
17876 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17877 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17878 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17879 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17881 (custom-autoload 'message-indent-citation-function "message" t)
17883 (defvar message-signature t "\
17884 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17885 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17886 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17887 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17889 (custom-autoload 'message-signature "message" t)
17891 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17892 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17893 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17894 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17896 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-file "message" t)
17898 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17899 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17901 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-insert-empty-line "message" t)
17903 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17905 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17906 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17907 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17908 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17909 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17910 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17911 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17912 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17913 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17914 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17915 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17916 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17917 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17918 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17919 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17920 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17921 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17922 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17923 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17924 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17925 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17926 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17927 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17928 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17929 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17930 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17931 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17932 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17933 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17934 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17935 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17936 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17937 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17938 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17939 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17940 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17941 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17942 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17946 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17947 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17948 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17949 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17950 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17952 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17954 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17955 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17957 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17960 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17962 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17964 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17965 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17967 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17970 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17971 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17973 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17976 Cancel an article you posted.
17977 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17981 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17982 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17983 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17984 header line with the old Message-ID.
17988 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17989 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17993 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17994 Forward the current message via mail.
17995 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17996 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17998 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18000 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18003 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18005 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18008 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18010 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18011 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18015 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18016 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18018 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18021 Re-mail the current message.
18022 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18023 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18028 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18029 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18031 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18034 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18036 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18038 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18039 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18041 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18043 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18044 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18046 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18048 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
18049 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18050 Works by overstriking characters.
18051 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18052 which specify the range to operate on.
18054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18056 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
18057 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18058 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18059 which specify the range to operate on.
18061 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18066 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
18067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18069 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18070 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18074 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18075 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18079 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18080 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18084 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18085 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18091 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18092 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18093 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
18094 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18096 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18097 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18098 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18102 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18103 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18104 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18105 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18106 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18107 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18108 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18110 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18112 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18113 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18114 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18115 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18116 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18118 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18119 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18121 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18123 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18124 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18125 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18126 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18127 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18129 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18130 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18132 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18136 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18137 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18138 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18177 868))
18139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18141 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18142 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18143 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18147 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18148 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18149 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18153 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18154 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18156 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18157 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18158 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18160 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18161 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18163 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18164 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18166 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18168 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18170 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18171 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18172 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18173 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18174 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18177 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18178 initial Subject field, respectively.
18180 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18181 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18184 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18187 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18189 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18190 Save draft and send message.
18192 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18193 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18194 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18197 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18198 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18199 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18201 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18202 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18203 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18204 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18205 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18206 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18208 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18209 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18213 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18214 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18216 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18217 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18218 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18219 delete the draft message.
18225 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18190 35202))
18226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18228 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18230 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18232 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18234 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18235 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18242 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18177 868))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18245 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18246 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18247 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18249 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18250 the MH mail system.
18252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18254 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18255 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18256 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18258 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18259 the MH mail system.
18261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18264 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18266 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18267 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18268 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18271 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18272 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18273 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18276 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18280 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18281 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18282 can be used in several ways.
18284 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18285 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18286 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18287 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18291 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18292 The range must be nonempty.
18297 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18298 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18305 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18308 All of the messages.
18310 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18311 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18313 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18314 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18315 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18317 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18324 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18177 868))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18327 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18328 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18329 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18330 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18331 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18332 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18333 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18334 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18335 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18336 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18337 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18341 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18342 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18343 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18344 to its second argument TM.
18346 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18351 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18177 868))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18354 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18355 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18356 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18358 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18359 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18361 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18363 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18364 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18365 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18366 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18367 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18368 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18369 default indication.
18371 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18372 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18378 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18379 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18382 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18383 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18388 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18393 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18394 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18397 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18402 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18405 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18407 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18408 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18409 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18410 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18412 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18417 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18177 861))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18420 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18421 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18423 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18425 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18426 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18427 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18428 the entire message.
18429 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18431 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18435 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18436 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18439 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18440 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18441 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18442 the entire message.
18443 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18445 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18450 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18177 861))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18453 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18454 Insert file contents of URL.
18455 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18457 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18459 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18460 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18466 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18467 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18177 861))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18470 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18471 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18472 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18473 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18474 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18476 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18478 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18479 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18480 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18482 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18487 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18490 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18493 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18495 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18498 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18502 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18503 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18504 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18177 862))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18507 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18510 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18512 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18515 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18517 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18520 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18522 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18525 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18527 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18530 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18532 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18535 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18537 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18544 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18545 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18548 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18549 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18550 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18551 followed by the first character of the construct.
18553 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18554 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18555 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18556 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18557 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18558 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18559 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18560 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18561 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18562 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18563 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18564 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18565 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18568 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18569 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18570 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18576 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18577 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
18578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18580 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18581 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18585 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18586 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18592 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18177
18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18596 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18597 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18598 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18601 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18603 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18605 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18606 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18607 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18608 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18610 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18612 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18614 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18616 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18617 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18618 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18619 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18620 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18621 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18623 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18624 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18625 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18626 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18627 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18629 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18630 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18632 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18633 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18635 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18637 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18638 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18639 primary selection and region.
18641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18645 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18177 871))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18648 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18649 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18655 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18177 868))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18658 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18659 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18660 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18663 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18665 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18667 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18669 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18670 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18671 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18677 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18678 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18679 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18680 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18681 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18682 ;;;;;; (18190 35192))
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18685 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display a list of all character sets.
18688 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18689 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18690 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18691 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18693 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18694 but still shows the full information.
18698 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18699 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18700 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18702 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18703 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18704 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18705 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18706 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18708 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18710 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18713 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18715 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18716 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18718 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18720 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18723 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18725 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18728 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18729 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18731 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18732 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18733 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18734 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18735 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18736 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18737 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18738 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18739 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18740 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18741 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18742 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18743 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18744 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18745 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18746 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18750 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18751 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18755 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18756 Display a list of all coding systems.
18757 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18759 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18760 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18764 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18765 Display a list of all coding categories.
18769 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18770 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18771 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18773 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18775 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18776 Display information about FONTSET.
18777 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18779 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18781 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18782 Display a list of all fontsets.
18783 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18784 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18785 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18789 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18790 Display information about all input methods.
18794 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18795 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18797 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18798 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18799 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18800 system which uses fontsets).
18804 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18805 Location of UnicodeData file.
18806 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18807 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18808 looked up from it.")
18810 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18812 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18813 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18814 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18815 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18817 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18821 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18822 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18823 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18824 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18825 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18826 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18177 865))
18827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18829 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18830 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18831 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18833 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18835 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18837 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18838 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18840 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18841 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18843 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18844 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18846 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18848 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18849 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18850 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18851 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18852 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18853 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18854 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18856 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18857 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18858 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18859 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18860 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18861 middle of a character in STR.
18863 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18864 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18866 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18867 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18868 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18869 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18870 defaults to \"...\".
18872 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18874 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18875 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18877 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18878 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18879 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18881 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18882 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18883 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18885 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18886 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18887 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18889 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18890 longer than KEYSEQ.
18891 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18893 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18895 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18896 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18897 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18898 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18899 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18900 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18901 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18902 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18903 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18904 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18905 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18907 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18909 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18910 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18912 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18914 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18915 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18917 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18919 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18920 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18922 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18924 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18925 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18927 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18929 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18930 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18931 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18932 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18933 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18935 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18937 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18938 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18939 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18940 coding systems ordered by priority.
18942 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18944 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18945 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18946 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18947 language environment LANG-ENV.
18949 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18951 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18952 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18953 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18954 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18955 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18956 basis, this may not be accurate.
18958 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18962 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18963 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
18964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18966 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18967 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18968 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18970 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18971 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18973 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18975 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18976 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18977 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18978 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18982 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18983 Enable mouse wheel support.
18985 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18989 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18990 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18991 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18992 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18177 869))
18993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18995 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18996 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18998 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19000 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19002 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19003 `ping-program-options'.
19007 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
19008 Run ipconfig program.
19012 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
19014 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19015 Run netstat program.
19019 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19020 Run the arp program.
19024 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19025 Run the route program.
19029 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19030 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19034 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19035 Run nslookup program.
19039 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19040 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19044 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19049 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19054 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19055 Finger USER on HOST.
19057 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19060 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19061 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19062 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19064 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19066 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19071 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19072 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19074 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19076 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19077 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19079 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19083 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19084 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19085 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19086 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19087 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19088 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18190 35203))
19089 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19091 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19093 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19095 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19097 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19099 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19100 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19101 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19102 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19103 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19104 Major modes should set this variable.")
19106 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19107 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19108 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19109 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19110 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19111 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19113 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19114 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19116 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19117 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19118 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19120 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19121 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19122 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19123 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19124 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19126 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19127 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19128 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19130 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19131 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19132 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19133 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19135 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19136 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19137 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19138 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19139 column indentation or nil.
19140 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19142 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19143 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19144 The function has no args.
19146 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19147 comments always start in column zero.")
19149 (defvar comment-style 'plain "\
19150 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19151 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19153 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19155 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19156 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19157 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19158 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19160 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19161 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19163 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19165 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19166 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19167 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19168 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19169 customize this variable.
19171 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19172 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19174 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19176 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19177 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19178 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19179 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19180 the variables are properly set.
19182 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19184 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19185 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19189 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19190 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19191 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19193 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19195 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19196 Set the comment column based on point.
19197 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19198 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19199 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19200 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19204 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19205 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19206 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19210 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19211 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19212 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19215 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19217 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19218 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19219 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19220 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19221 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19222 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19223 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19224 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19226 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19227 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19229 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19231 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19232 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19233 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19234 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19236 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19238 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19239 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19240 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19241 is passed on to the respective function.
19243 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19245 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19246 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19247 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19248 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19249 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19250 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19251 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19252 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19253 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19257 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19258 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19259 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19261 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19263 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19264 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19265 This indents the body of the continued comment
19266 under the previous comment line.
19268 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19269 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19270 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19272 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19273 or comment indentation.
19275 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19276 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19278 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19282 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19283 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19284 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18177 869))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19287 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19288 Check whether newsticker is running.
19289 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19290 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19294 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19295 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19296 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19297 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19302 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19303 Start the newsticker.
19304 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19305 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19306 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19307 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19309 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19311 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19312 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19313 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19318 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19319 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19325 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19326 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19329 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19330 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19332 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18177
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19340 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19341 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19342 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19343 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19344 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19345 symbol in the alist.
19347 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19352 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19355 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19356 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19357 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19364 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19367 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19368 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19369 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19375 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19376 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19379 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19380 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19382 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19386 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19387 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18177 862))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19390 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19391 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19395 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19396 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19400 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19401 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19407 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19408 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18177 870))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19411 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19412 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19413 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19415 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19417 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19420 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19422 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19423 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19424 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19425 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19426 to future sessions.
19428 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19431 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19432 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19433 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19434 to future sessions.
19436 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19441 ;;;;;; (18177 875))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19444 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19445 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19447 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19448 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19449 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19455 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19456 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19459 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19460 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19461 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19462 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19463 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19469 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19470 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
19471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19473 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19474 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19475 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19477 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19479 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19480 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19482 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19483 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19484 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19488 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19492 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19493 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
19494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19496 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19497 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19499 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19500 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19501 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19502 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19504 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19505 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19506 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19507 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19508 is why you need this mode!).
19510 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19511 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19512 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19514 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19519 \\{octave-mode-map}
19521 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19522 ==============================================
19524 `octave-auto-indent'
19525 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19528 `octave-auto-newline'
19529 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19532 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19533 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19534 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19536 `octave-block-offset'
19537 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19540 `octave-continuation-offset'
19541 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19544 `octave-continuation-string'
19545 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19546 Default is a backslash.
19548 `octave-send-echo-input'
19549 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19550 command to the inferior Octave process.
19552 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19553 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19554 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19556 `octave-send-echo-input'
19557 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19559 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19561 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19562 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19564 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19566 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19567 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19569 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19572 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19574 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19575 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19576 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19577 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19583 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19584 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
19585 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19587 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19588 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19589 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19593 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19594 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19595 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19596 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19597 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19599 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19605 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19606 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19607 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19608 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19609 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19610 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19611 ;;;;;; org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-run-like-in-org-mode
19612 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle
19613 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18190 35212))
19614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19616 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19617 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19618 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19620 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19621 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19622 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19623 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19624 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19625 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19626 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19627 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19628 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19629 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19631 The following commands are available:
19637 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19638 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19640 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19641 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19642 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19643 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19644 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19646 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19647 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19648 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19649 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19650 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19651 and zoom in further.
19652 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19654 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19655 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19656 is negative, go up that many levels.
19658 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19659 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19660 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19662 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19663 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19664 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19668 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19669 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19673 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19674 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19675 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19676 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19677 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19680 M-up Move entry/item up
19681 M-down Move entry/item down
19684 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19685 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19686 M-S-left Promote subtree
19687 M-S-right Demote subtree
19688 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19690 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19691 TAB Cycle item visibility
19692 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19693 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19694 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19698 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19699 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19703 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19706 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19708 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19709 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19713 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19714 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19718 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19719 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19720 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19721 \\[org-insert-link].
19722 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19723 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19724 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19728 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19729 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19730 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19734 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19735 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19736 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19741 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19742 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19743 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19744 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19745 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19749 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19750 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19751 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19752 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19754 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19756 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19757 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19758 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19759 of the remember buffer.
19761 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19763 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19764 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19765 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19766 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19767 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19768 file the text at a specific location.
19769 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19770 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19771 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19773 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19774 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19775 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19776 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19777 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19778 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19779 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19780 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19782 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19783 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19784 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19785 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19786 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19787 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19789 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19790 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19791 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19793 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19794 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19795 \(i.e. after the stars).
19797 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19801 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19802 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19803 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19804 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19806 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19807 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19808 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19809 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19810 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19811 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19812 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19813 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19814 e Export views to associated files.
19816 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19817 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19818 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19820 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19821 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19822 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19823 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19826 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19828 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19829 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19830 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19831 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19832 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19833 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19834 before running the agenda command.
19836 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19838 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19839 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19840 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19841 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19842 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19843 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19844 before running the agenda command.
19846 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19847 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19849 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19851 category The category of the item
19852 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19853 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19854 todo selected in TODO match
19855 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19856 diary imported from diary
19857 deadline a deadline on given date
19858 scheduled scheduled on given date
19859 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19860 closed entry was closed on given date
19861 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19862 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19863 block entry has date block including g. date
19864 todo The todo keyword, if any
19865 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19866 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19867 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19868 extra Sting with extra planning info
19869 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19870 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19871 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19873 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19875 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19878 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19880 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19881 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19883 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19885 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19886 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19887 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19888 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19892 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19893 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19894 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19895 will be able to go to other weeks.
19896 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19897 also be shown, under the current date.
19898 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19899 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19900 to turn on logging.
19901 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19902 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19904 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19906 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19907 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19908 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19909 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19910 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19911 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19915 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19916 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19917 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19919 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19921 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19922 Return diary information from org-files.
19923 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19924 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19925 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19926 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19928 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19929 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19930 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19932 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19934 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19935 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19936 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19937 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19939 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19940 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19941 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19943 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19944 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19945 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19946 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19948 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19950 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19952 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19953 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19957 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19958 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19959 So the example above may also be written as
19961 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19963 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19964 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19965 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19967 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
19970 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19971 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19972 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19976 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
19977 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19978 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19979 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19983 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
19984 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19985 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19991 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19992 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19993 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19994 ;;;;;; (18190 35212))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
19997 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19998 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20000 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20001 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20002 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20006 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20007 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20008 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20012 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20013 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20014 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20015 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20016 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20017 then use this command to convert it.
20019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20021 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20022 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20023 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20024 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20025 cut-and-paste operations.
20026 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20027 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20028 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20029 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20031 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20033 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20034 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20036 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20039 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20041 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20045 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20046 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18190
20048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20050 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20051 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20053 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20055 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20056 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20057 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20059 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20061 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20062 Publish the current file.
20063 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20068 Publish all projects.
20069 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20071 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20076 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
20077 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20078 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20080 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20081 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20082 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20083 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20085 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20086 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20087 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20088 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20090 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20091 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20092 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20093 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20094 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20095 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20097 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20098 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20099 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20101 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20102 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20103 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20104 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20105 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20106 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20107 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20108 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20109 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20110 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20111 The subheadings remain visible.
20112 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20114 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20115 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20116 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20118 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20119 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20123 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20124 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20125 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20126 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18177
20134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20135 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20136 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20137 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20138 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20139 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20140 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20141 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20142 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20143 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20147 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18177 870))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20150 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20151 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20152 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20155 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20157 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20159 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20160 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20161 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20162 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20164 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20165 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20172 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20175 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20176 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20177 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20178 unknown are returned as nil.
20180 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20184 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18177
20186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20188 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20189 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20190 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20192 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20193 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20195 Other useful functions are:
20197 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20198 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20199 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20200 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20201 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20202 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20203 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20204 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20205 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20207 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20209 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20210 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20211 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20212 Indentation for case statements.
20213 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20214 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20216 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20217 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20218 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20219 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20220 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20221 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20222 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20223 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20224 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20225 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20227 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20228 pascal-separator-keywords.
20230 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20231 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20237 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20238 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
20239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20241 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20242 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20243 The keys affected are:
20244 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20245 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20246 M-Backspace does undo.
20247 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20248 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20249 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20255 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20256 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18177 858))
20257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20259 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20260 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20261 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20264 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20266 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20268 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20269 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20271 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20273 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20274 which modify the status of the mark.
20276 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20277 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20279 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20280 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20282 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20283 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20284 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20285 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20286 turning PC Selection mode on.
20288 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20289 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20291 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20292 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20293 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20295 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20296 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20297 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20299 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20300 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20302 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20303 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20304 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20306 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20307 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20308 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20314 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20315 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20320 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20321 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20322 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20323 and cursor movement commands.
20324 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20326 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20328 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20332 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18177
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20336 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20337 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20343 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20344 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18177 870))
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20348 Completion for `gzip'.
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20353 Completion for `bzip2'.
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20358 Completion for GNU `make'.
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20363 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20367 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20371 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20372 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18177 870))
20373 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20375 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20376 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20381 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20386 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20392 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18177
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20397 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20398 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20399 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20400 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20401 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20407 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20408 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20409 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18177 870))
20410 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20412 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20413 Completion for `cd'.
20417 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20420 Completion for `rmdir'.
20424 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20425 Completion for `rm'.
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20430 Completion for `xargs'.
20434 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20437 Completion for `which'.
20441 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20442 Completion for the `chown' command.
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20447 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20453 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20454 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20455 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18177
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20460 Support extensible programmable completion.
20461 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20462 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20464 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20466 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20467 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20472 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20473 This will modify the current buffer.
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20478 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20483 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20484 This will modify the current buffer.
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20489 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20494 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20499 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20500 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20501 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20502 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20504 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20507 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20513 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20514 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20515 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18190 35204))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20518 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20519 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20520 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20521 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20523 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20525 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20527 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20528 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20529 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20530 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20531 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20532 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20535 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20537 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20538 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20539 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20540 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20541 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20542 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20543 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20544 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20546 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20548 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20549 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20550 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20551 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20552 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20553 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20554 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20557 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20559 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20560 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20567 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20569 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20571 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20572 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20573 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20575 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20577 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20578 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20579 A value of nil means never do it.
20580 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20581 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20582 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20584 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20586 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20587 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20588 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18190 35204))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20595 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20599 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20600 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20602 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20604 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20605 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20606 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20607 Tab indents for Perl code.
20608 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20609 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20610 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20612 Variables controlling indentation style:
20613 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20614 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20615 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20616 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20617 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20618 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20619 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20621 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20622 `perl-indent-level'
20623 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20624 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20625 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20626 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20627 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20628 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20629 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20630 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20631 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20632 `perl-brace-offset'
20633 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20634 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20635 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20636 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20637 `perl-label-offset'
20638 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20639 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20640 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20642 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20643 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20644 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20645 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20646 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20647 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20648 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20650 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20656 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20657 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20658 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20659 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18177 871))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20662 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20663 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20665 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20667 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20668 passphrase cache or user.
20670 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20672 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20673 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20675 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20678 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20680 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20681 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20683 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20686 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20687 passphrase cache or user.
20689 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20691 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20692 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20694 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20696 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20699 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20700 passphrase cache or user.
20702 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20704 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20705 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20707 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20708 passphrase cache or user.
20710 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20712 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20713 Decrypt the current buffer.
20715 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20718 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20719 passphrase cache or user.
20721 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20723 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20724 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20726 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20727 a detached signature.
20729 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20730 and the output is displayed.
20732 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20733 passphrase cache or user.
20735 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20737 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20738 Sign the current buffer.
20740 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20741 detached signature.
20743 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20746 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20747 and the output is displayed.
20749 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20750 passphrase cache or user.
20752 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20754 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20755 Verify the current region between START and END.
20756 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20757 the detached signature of the current region.
20759 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20760 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20762 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20764 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20765 Verify the current buffer.
20766 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20767 the detached signature of the current region.
20768 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20769 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20770 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20773 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20775 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20776 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20780 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20781 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20783 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20785 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20786 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20792 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20793 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
20794 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20796 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20797 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20799 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20803 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20804 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20807 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20808 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20809 \\<picture-mode-map>
20810 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20811 afterwards settable by these commands:
20813 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20814 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20815 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20816 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20818 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20819 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20820 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20821 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20823 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20824 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20825 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20826 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20828 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20829 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20830 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20831 with these commands:
20833 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20834 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20835 Move to column following last
20836 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20837 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20838 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20839 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20840 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20841 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20843 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20845 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20846 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20847 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20848 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20849 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20850 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20852 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20853 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20854 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20855 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20856 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20857 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20858 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20860 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20861 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20862 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20863 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20864 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20865 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20866 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20867 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20869 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20870 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20871 by supplying an argument.
20873 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20875 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20876 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20880 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20884 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20885 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20888 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20889 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20890 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20892 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20896 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18177 871))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20899 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20900 Play pong and waste time.
20901 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20902 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20904 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20912 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20913 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18177 858))
20914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20916 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20917 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20918 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20919 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20921 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20923 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20924 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20928 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20929 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20930 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20931 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20932 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20934 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20936 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20937 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20938 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20940 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20942 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20943 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20944 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20945 Ignores leading comment characters.
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20952 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20953 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20954 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20955 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20956 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20957 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20958 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20959 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20960 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20961 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20962 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20963 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20964 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20965 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20966 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20967 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20968 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20969 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20972 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20973 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20975 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20977 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20981 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20982 Preview directory using ghostview.
20984 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20985 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20986 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20987 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20989 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20990 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20991 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20992 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20993 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20996 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20998 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21001 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21003 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21004 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21005 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21006 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21008 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21009 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21010 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21011 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21012 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21015 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21017 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21020 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21022 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21023 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21024 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21025 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21027 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21028 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21029 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21030 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21031 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21034 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21036 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21039 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21041 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21043 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21044 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21045 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21046 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21048 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21049 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21050 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21051 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21052 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21055 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21057 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21060 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21062 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21063 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21064 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21066 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21067 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21068 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21069 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21076 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21077 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21078 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21080 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21081 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21082 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21083 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21088 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21090 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21091 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21092 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21094 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21095 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21096 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21097 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21102 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21104 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21106 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21107 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21108 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21110 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21111 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21112 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21113 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21118 Preview region using ghostview.
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21132 Print region using PostScript printer.
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21139 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21146 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21153 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21155 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21157 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21160 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21162 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21164 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21167 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21169 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21171 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21174 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21175 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21176 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21178 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21181 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21182 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21184 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21186 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21188 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21189 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21190 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21191 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21195 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21196 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21197 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21198 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21202 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21203 Print directory using text printer.
21205 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21208 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21209 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21211 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21213 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21216 Print buffer using text printer.
21220 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21221 Print region using text printer.
21225 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21226 Print major mode using text printer.
21230 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21231 Preview spooled PostScript.
21233 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21234 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21235 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21237 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21238 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21239 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21241 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21244 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21246 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21247 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21248 instead of sending it to the printer.
21250 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21251 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21252 image in a file with that name.
21254 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21257 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21259 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21260 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21261 instead of sending it to the printer.
21263 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21264 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21265 image in a file with that name.
21267 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21270 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21272 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21273 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21274 instead of sending it to the printer.
21276 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21277 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21278 image in a file with that name.
21280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21283 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21285 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21288 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21290 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21293 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21295 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21298 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21300 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21303 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21305 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21308 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21310 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21311 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21312 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21313 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21315 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21316 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21317 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21318 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21319 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21320 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21323 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21325 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21326 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21330 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21331 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21333 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21335 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21340 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21341 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21345 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21346 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21350 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21351 Toggle printing with faces.
21355 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21360 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21365 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21368 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21370 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21375 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21380 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21381 Toggle upside-down.
21385 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21386 Toggle line number.
21390 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21391 Toggle zebra stripes.
21395 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21396 Toggle printing header.
21400 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21401 Toggle printing header frame.
21405 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21410 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21411 Toggle auto region.
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21420 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21421 Customization of the `printing' group.
21423 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21426 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21428 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21430 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21431 Help for the printing package.
21433 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21436 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21440 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21441 Interactively select a text printer.
21445 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21446 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21450 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21451 Show current ps-print settings.
21453 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21455 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21456 Show current printing settings.
21458 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21460 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21461 Show current lpr settings.
21463 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21465 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21466 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21468 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21469 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21470 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21471 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21474 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21476 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21477 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21478 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21480 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21481 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21482 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21483 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21484 current active printer.
21486 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21487 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21488 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21491 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21492 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21493 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21494 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21495 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21498 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21499 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21501 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21503 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21504 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21505 be done using the new current active printer.
21507 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21508 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21511 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21512 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21513 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21514 instead of sending it to the printer.
21516 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21517 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21520 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21523 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21526 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21529 Fast fire function for text printing.
21531 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21532 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21533 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21534 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21536 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21537 user for a new active text printer.
21539 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21541 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21543 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21544 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21547 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21549 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21552 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21556 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21557 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
21558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21560 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21561 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21562 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21564 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21565 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21566 if that value is non-nil.
21570 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21572 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21573 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21574 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21576 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18177 874))
21581 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21583 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21584 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21585 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21589 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18177
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21593 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21594 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21596 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21598 The following variables hold user options, and can
21599 be set through the `customize' command:
21601 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21603 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21604 `ps-mode-print-function'
21606 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21610 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21613 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21619 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21620 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21621 The keymap for this second window is:
21623 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21626 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21627 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21628 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21629 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21630 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21636 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21637 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21638 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21639 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21640 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21641 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18190
21643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21645 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21646 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21647 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21649 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21651 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21652 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21653 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21654 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21656 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21658 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21659 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21663 nil Do not print colors.
21667 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21668 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21670 Any other value is treated as t.")
21672 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21674 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21675 Customization of ps-print group.
21679 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21680 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21682 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21683 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21684 sending it to the printer.
21686 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21687 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21688 image in a file with that name.
21690 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21693 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21694 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21695 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21696 so it has a way to determine color values.
21698 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21700 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21701 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21702 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21704 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21708 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21709 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21710 so it has a way to determine color values.
21712 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21716 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21717 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21719 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21723 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21724 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21725 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21726 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21727 so it has a way to determine color values.
21729 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21733 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21735 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21737 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21739 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21743 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21744 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21745 so it has a way to determine color values.
21747 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21749 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21751 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21752 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21754 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21755 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21756 instead of sending it to the printer.
21758 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21759 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21760 image in a file with that name.
21762 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21764 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21765 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21766 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21767 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21768 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21772 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21773 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21774 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21776 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21779 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21780 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21782 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21785 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21789 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21790 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21792 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21793 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21795 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21796 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21798 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21800 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21802 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21804 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21805 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21807 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21808 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21810 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21811 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21813 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21815 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21817 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21819 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21820 foreground and background colors respectively.
21822 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21823 bold - use bold font.
21824 italic - use italic font.
21825 underline - put a line under text.
21826 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21827 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21828 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21829 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21830 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21832 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21834 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21838 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21839 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
21840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21842 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21844 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21846 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21848 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21849 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21850 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21851 buffer automatically.
21853 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21854 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21855 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21856 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21857 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21858 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21859 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21861 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21862 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21863 buffer for a list of commands.)
21865 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21868 Major mode for editing Python files.
21869 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21870 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21871 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21872 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21874 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21875 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21876 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21877 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21878 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21879 \\<python-mode-map>
21880 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21881 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21882 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21883 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21884 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21885 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21887 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21888 effect outside them.
21890 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21891 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21892 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21893 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21894 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21895 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21896 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21897 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21898 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21900 \\{python-mode-map}
21904 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21905 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21906 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21907 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21913 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21914 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
21915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21917 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21918 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21919 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21922 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21923 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21925 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21926 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21927 them into characters should be done separately.
21929 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21933 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21934 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21935 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21936 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21937 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18177 865))
21938 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21940 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21941 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21945 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21946 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21947 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21949 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21950 `quail-activate', which see.
21952 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21954 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21955 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21956 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21957 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21958 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21959 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21960 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21962 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21963 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21964 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21965 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21966 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21968 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21970 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21971 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21972 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21973 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21974 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21975 list of candidates.
21977 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21978 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21979 command to be called.
21981 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21982 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21983 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21984 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21986 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21987 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21988 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21989 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21990 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21993 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21994 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21995 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21996 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21998 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21999 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22000 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22001 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22003 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22004 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22005 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22006 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22007 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22008 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22010 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22011 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22012 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22013 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22014 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22015 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22017 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22018 covers Quail translation region.
22020 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22021 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22022 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22023 for it) is inserted.
22025 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22026 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22027 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22029 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22030 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22031 non-Quail commands.
22033 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22035 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22036 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22038 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22039 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22040 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22041 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22042 you type is correctly handled.
22044 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22046 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22047 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22049 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22052 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22054 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22055 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22056 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22057 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22058 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22059 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22060 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22061 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22062 for the translation.
22063 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22065 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22066 it is used to handle KEY.
22068 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22069 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22070 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22071 the following annotation types are supported.
22073 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22074 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22076 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22079 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22080 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22081 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22084 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22085 generated for the following translations.
22087 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22089 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22090 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22092 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22093 which to install MAP.
22095 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22097 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22099 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22100 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22102 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22103 which to install MAP.
22105 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22107 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22109 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22110 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22111 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22112 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22113 a function, or a cons.
22114 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22115 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22116 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22117 for the translation.
22118 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22119 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22120 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22121 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22122 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22124 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22125 it is used to handle KEY.
22127 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22128 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22129 current Quail package.
22131 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22132 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22134 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22136 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22137 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22139 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22140 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22142 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22144 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22145 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22147 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22149 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22150 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22151 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22152 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22153 of the Emacs source tree.
22155 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22156 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22158 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22159 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22162 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22166 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22167 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22168 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18177
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22172 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22173 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22174 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22175 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22177 To make use of this do something like:
22179 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22181 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22183 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22184 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22186 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22187 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22188 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22190 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22192 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22193 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22195 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22197 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22198 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22200 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22203 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22206 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22208 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22209 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22210 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22212 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22215 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22217 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22220 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22224 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22225 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22227 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22229 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22233 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22234 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22240 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22241 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18177 869))
22242 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22244 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22245 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22247 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22249 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22253 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22255 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22258 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22260 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22261 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22262 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22265 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22267 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22269 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22270 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22276 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18177
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22280 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22281 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22284 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22288 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22289 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22292 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22294 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22295 Construct a regexp interactively.
22301 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18190 35206))
22302 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22304 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22305 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22306 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22309 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22311 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22313 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22314 Toggle recentf mode.
22315 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22316 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22318 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22319 that were operated on recently.
22321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22325 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22326 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22327 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22328 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18177
22330 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22332 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22333 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22334 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22335 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22337 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22339 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22341 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22342 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22343 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22344 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22347 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22348 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22351 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22353 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22354 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22355 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22357 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22358 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22361 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22363 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22364 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22365 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22367 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22369 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22370 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22372 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22373 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22375 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22378 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22379 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22380 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22381 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22384 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22386 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22387 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22391 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22393 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22394 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22395 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22396 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22397 and point is at the lower right corner.
22399 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22401 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22404 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22405 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22407 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22408 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22409 on the right side of the rectangle.
22411 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22413 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22415 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22416 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22417 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22418 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22419 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22424 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22426 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22427 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22428 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22430 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22432 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22434 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22436 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22437 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22439 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22440 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22441 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22443 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22447 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22449 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22450 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22451 rectangle which were empty.
22453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22457 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18177
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22461 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22462 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22463 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22465 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22466 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22467 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22473 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22474 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18177 876))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22477 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22478 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22482 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22483 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22485 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22486 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22488 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22489 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22490 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22493 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22494 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22495 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22497 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22498 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22499 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22501 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22502 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22504 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22505 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22507 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22508 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22511 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22515 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22516 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22517 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22523 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22524 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22527 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22528 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22529 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22530 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22531 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22532 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22534 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22536 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22538 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22539 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22540 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22541 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22542 `reftex-cite-format'.
22544 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22545 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22546 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22547 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22549 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22553 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22554 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22557 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22558 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22559 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22560 the current TeX document.
22562 With no argument, this command toggles
22563 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22564 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22570 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22571 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22574 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22575 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22576 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22578 To insert new phrases, use
22579 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22580 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22582 To index phrases use one of:
22584 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22585 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22586 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22587 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22588 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22590 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22591 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22593 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22595 Here are all local bindings.
22597 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22603 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22604 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22607 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22608 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22609 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22612 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18177
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22619 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22620 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22621 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22622 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22626 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22627 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22630 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22631 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22632 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22633 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22634 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22635 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22637 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22638 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22640 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22643 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22645 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22646 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22647 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22648 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22650 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22654 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18190 35206))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22657 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22658 Repeat most recently executed command.
22659 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22660 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22661 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22663 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22664 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22665 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22666 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22668 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22669 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22670 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22672 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22677 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22680 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22681 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22683 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22684 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22685 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22686 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22687 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22688 and point is left after the salutation.
22690 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22691 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22692 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22693 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22694 left after that text.
22696 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22699 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22700 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22701 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22702 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22704 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22708 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22709 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22712 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22713 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22714 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22715 visibility of comments that precede it.
22716 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22717 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22718 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22719 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22720 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22721 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22722 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22723 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22725 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22726 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22727 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22728 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22729 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22732 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22736 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18177
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22740 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22741 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22747 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22748 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22751 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22752 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22753 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22755 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22756 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22757 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22761 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22762 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22763 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22766 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22768 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22770 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22771 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22772 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22774 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22775 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22776 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22783 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22786 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22787 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22791 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22792 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22794 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22798 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18177 869))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22800 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22802 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22803 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22804 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22805 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22807 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22809 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22810 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22811 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22812 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22814 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22815 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22817 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22818 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22820 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22821 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22824 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22825 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22826 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22827 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22828 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22830 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22831 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22832 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22833 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22835 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22836 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22839 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22844 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22845 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22846 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22847 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22848 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22849 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18177
22851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22853 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22854 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22855 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22857 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22859 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22860 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22861 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22862 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22864 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22866 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22867 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22868 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22869 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22870 value is the user's email address and name.)
22871 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22873 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22874 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22875 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22876 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22877 which normally happens once for each message,
22878 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22879 To make a change in this variable take effect
22880 for a message that you have already viewed,
22881 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22883 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22885 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22886 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22887 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22888 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22892 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22893 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22895 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22897 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22898 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22899 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22900 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22902 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22904 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
22905 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22907 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
22909 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22910 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22912 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22914 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22915 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22916 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22917 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22918 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22920 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22922 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22923 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22924 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22925 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22927 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
22929 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22930 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22932 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22934 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22935 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22937 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22939 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
22940 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
22944 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22945 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22947 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22948 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22950 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22951 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22953 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22955 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22956 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22958 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22959 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22960 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22961 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22963 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22964 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22966 This is set to nil by default.")
22968 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22969 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22970 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22971 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22972 until a user explicitly requires it.
22974 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22975 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
22980 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22981 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22982 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22983 It is called with no argument.")
22985 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22986 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22987 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22988 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22989 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22990 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22991 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22993 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22994 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22995 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22997 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22998 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23000 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23001 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23002 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23003 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23004 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23006 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23007 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23008 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23009 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23010 MSG is the message number,
23011 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23012 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23014 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23015 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23016 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23017 this feature is required with `require'.
23019 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23020 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23022 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23023 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23024 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23025 the message is decoded as normal way.
23027 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23028 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23029 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23031 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23032 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23033 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23035 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23036 Read and edit incoming mail.
23037 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23038 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23039 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23041 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23042 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23043 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23044 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23046 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23048 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23051 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23052 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23053 Instead, these commands are available:
23055 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23056 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23057 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23058 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23059 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23060 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23061 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23062 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23063 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23064 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23065 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23066 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23067 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23068 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23069 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23070 till a deleted message is found.
23071 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23072 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23073 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23074 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23075 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23076 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23077 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23078 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23079 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23080 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23081 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23082 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23083 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23084 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23085 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23086 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23087 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23088 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23089 (label defaults to last one specified).
23090 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23091 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23092 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23093 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23094 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23095 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23096 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23097 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23098 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23102 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23103 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23105 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23107 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23108 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23110 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23114 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23115 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23118 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23119 Edit the contents of this message.
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23126 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23127 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18177 867))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23130 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23131 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23132 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23134 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23137 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23138 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23140 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23142 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23145 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23147 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23148 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23149 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23150 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23151 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23153 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23155 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23156 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23157 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23158 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23159 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23161 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23166 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23169 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23170 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23171 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23172 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23174 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23179 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23180 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18177 867))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23183 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23184 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23185 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23186 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23187 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23188 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23189 a file name as a string.")
23191 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23193 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23194 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23195 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23196 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23197 buffer visiting that file.
23198 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23199 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23201 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23202 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23204 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23205 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23207 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23208 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23210 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23212 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23213 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23215 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23217 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23218 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23219 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23220 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23221 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23223 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23224 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23225 will be appended with their original headers.
23227 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23228 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23230 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23231 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23233 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23235 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23237 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23238 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23239 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23241 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23245 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23246 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23247 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18177
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23251 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23252 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23253 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23255 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23257 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23258 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23259 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23261 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23263 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23264 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23265 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23267 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23269 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23270 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23271 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23273 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23275 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23276 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23277 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23279 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23281 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23282 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23283 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23285 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23287 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23288 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23289 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23290 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23292 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23296 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23297 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23298 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23299 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23300 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18177 867))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23303 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23304 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23306 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23308 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23309 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23311 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23313 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23314 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23318 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23319 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23320 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23322 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23324 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23325 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23326 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23327 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23328 only look in the To and From fields.
23329 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23331 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23333 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23334 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23335 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23336 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23337 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23341 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23342 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23343 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23344 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23345 look in the whole message.
23346 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23348 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23350 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23351 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23352 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23354 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23356 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23357 *Function to decode summary-line.
23359 By default, `identity' is set.")
23361 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23363 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23364 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23365 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23366 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23367 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23368 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23369 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23371 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23372 sent by you under different user names.
23373 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23375 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23377 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23381 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23382 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23385 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23386 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23387 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23388 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23390 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23394 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23395 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (17928 6535))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23398 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23399 Define a robin package.
23401 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23402 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23403 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23404 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23406 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23407 one replaces the old one.
23409 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23411 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23412 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23414 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23415 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23416 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23418 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23420 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23421 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23423 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23428 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18177 874))
23429 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23431 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23432 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23434 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23436 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23437 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23439 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23441 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23442 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23446 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23447 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23448 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23450 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23451 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23454 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23458 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23459 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23465 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18177
23467 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23469 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23470 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23476 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18190
23478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23480 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23481 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23482 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23483 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23485 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23487 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23488 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23489 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23490 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23492 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23496 matches string STRING literally.
23499 matches character CHAR literally.
23501 `not-newline', `nonl'
23502 matches any character except a newline.
23505 matches any character
23510 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23511 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23512 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23514 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23515 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23516 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23517 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23519 `(not (any SET ...))'
23520 matches any character not in SET ...
23522 `line-start', `bol'
23523 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23524 in the text being matched
23527 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23529 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23530 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23531 string being matched against.
23533 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23534 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23535 string being matched against.
23538 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23539 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23542 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23543 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23546 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23548 `word-start', `bow'
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23552 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23555 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23558 `(not word-boundary)'
23559 `not-word-boundary'
23560 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23564 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23567 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23569 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23570 matches 0 through 9.
23573 matches ASCII control characters.
23575 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23576 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23579 matches space and tab only.
23582 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23585 `printing', `print'
23586 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23589 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23590 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23591 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23593 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23594 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23595 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23598 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23601 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23603 `lower', `lower-case'
23604 matches anything lower-case.
23606 `upper', `upper-case'
23607 matches anything upper-case.
23609 `punctuation', `punct'
23610 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23611 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23613 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23614 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23617 matches anything that has word syntax.
23620 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23623 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23624 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23625 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23627 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23628 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23631 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23632 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23633 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23634 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23635 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23637 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23638 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23639 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23640 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23641 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23643 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23644 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23646 `(category CATEGORY)'
23647 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23648 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23650 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23651 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23652 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23653 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23657 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23658 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23659 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23660 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23661 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23662 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23663 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23664 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23665 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23666 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23667 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23668 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23669 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23670 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23679 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23683 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23685 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23690 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23691 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23693 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23694 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23695 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23696 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23697 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23699 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23700 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23702 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23704 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23705 another name for `submatch'.
23707 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23708 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23709 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23710 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23711 regular expression.
23713 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23714 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23715 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23716 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23717 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23719 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23720 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23722 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23723 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23725 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23727 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23730 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23731 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23734 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23735 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23737 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23739 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23742 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23745 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23747 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23748 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23750 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23753 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23756 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23760 matches N occurrences.
23763 matches N or more occurrences.
23765 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23766 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23767 matches N to M occurrences.
23770 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23773 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23776 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23779 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23783 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23785 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23789 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23790 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23793 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23794 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23795 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23798 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23800 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23801 Toggle savehist-mode.
23802 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23803 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23804 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23805 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23807 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23808 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23809 which is probably undesirable.
23815 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23816 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23819 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23820 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23821 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23823 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23824 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23825 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23826 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23827 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23828 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23829 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23830 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23833 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23834 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23835 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23836 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23837 if that value is non-nil.
23841 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23842 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23843 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23846 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23847 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23848 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23849 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23850 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23851 that variable's value is a string.
23857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23861 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23862 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23863 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23865 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23871 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18177
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23875 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
23876 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23877 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23878 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23880 Interesting variables:
23882 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23883 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23885 `scribe-electric-quote'
23886 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23888 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23889 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23890 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23896 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23897 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23900 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23901 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23902 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23905 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23907 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23909 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23910 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23911 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23912 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23913 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23919 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23920 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23921 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23923 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23924 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23925 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23926 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23927 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23935 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23936 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23937 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23938 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23939 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23940 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23941 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23942 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18190 35201))
23943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23945 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23946 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23948 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23950 If `parens', they look like:
23951 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23952 If `angles', they look like:
23953 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23954 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23955 derived from the envelope-from address.
23957 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23958 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23959 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23960 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23962 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23964 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23965 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23966 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23967 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23969 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23970 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23971 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23972 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23976 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23977 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23978 This is done when the message is initialized,
23979 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23983 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23984 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23985 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23987 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23989 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23991 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23992 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23993 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23994 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23995 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23996 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23997 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24002 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24004 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24006 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24007 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24008 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24010 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24012 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24013 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24014 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24015 when you first send mail.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24019 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24020 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24021 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24022 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24023 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24025 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24027 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24028 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24029 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24030 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24031 This file need not actually exist.")
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24035 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24036 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24037 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24041 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24042 Alist of mail address aliases,
24043 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24044 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24045 can specify a different file name.)
24046 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24047 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24049 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24050 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24051 nil means use indentation.")
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24055 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24056 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24057 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24059 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24061 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24062 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24063 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24064 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24065 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24066 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24067 in the cited portion of the message.
24069 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24070 instead of no action.")
24072 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24074 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24075 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24076 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24077 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24078 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24080 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24082 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24083 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24084 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24085 If a string, that string is inserted.
24086 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24087 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24088 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24089 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24093 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24094 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24096 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24098 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24099 Directory for mail buffers.
24100 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24101 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24103 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24105 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24106 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24107 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24108 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24112 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24113 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24114 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24115 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24118 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24120 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24121 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24122 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24123 `query' means ask the user each time.
24124 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24125 The default is `mime'.
24126 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24127 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24129 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24131 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24132 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24133 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24135 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24136 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24138 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24139 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24140 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24141 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24142 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24143 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24144 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24145 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24146 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24147 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24148 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24149 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24150 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24154 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24155 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24157 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24158 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24160 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24162 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24163 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24164 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24165 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24166 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24167 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24169 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24170 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24171 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24173 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24174 User should not set this variable manually,
24175 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24176 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24177 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24178 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24180 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24181 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24182 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24183 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24185 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24186 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24189 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24191 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24192 to move to message header fields:
24195 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24196 when the message is initialized.
24198 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24199 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24201 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24204 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24205 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24207 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24208 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24209 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24210 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24211 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24212 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24213 buffer without erasing the contents.
24215 The second through fifth arguments,
24216 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24217 the initial contents of those header fields.
24218 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24219 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24220 original message being replied to, or else an action
24221 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24222 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24223 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24224 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24225 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24226 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24228 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24230 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24231 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24233 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24235 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24236 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24238 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24242 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24243 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18190 35206))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24246 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24247 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24248 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24249 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24250 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24251 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24253 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24254 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24256 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24258 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24259 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24260 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24263 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24265 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24267 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24268 Toggle Server mode.
24269 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24270 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24271 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24275 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24276 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24278 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24280 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24281 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24283 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24287 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18190 35206))
24288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24290 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24291 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24292 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24296 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24297 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24298 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24299 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24305 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24306 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24309 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24310 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24312 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24315 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24316 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24317 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24319 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24320 in your `.emacs' file.
24322 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24324 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24325 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24330 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24332 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24333 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24334 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24335 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24336 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24337 which this is based.
24339 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24341 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24342 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24343 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24344 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24346 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24347 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24348 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24350 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24351 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24352 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24353 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24355 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24356 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24357 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24358 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24360 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24362 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24363 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24364 To work around that, do:
24365 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24373 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24374 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24376 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24378 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24379 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24380 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24381 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24382 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24383 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24385 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24386 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24387 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24388 shell-specific features.
24390 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24391 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24392 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24394 \\[sh-case] case statement
24395 \\[sh-for] for loop
24396 \\[sh-function] function definition
24397 \\[sh-if] if statement
24398 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24399 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24400 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24401 \\[sh-select] select loop
24402 \\[sh-until] until loop
24403 \\[sh-while] while loop
24405 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24406 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24407 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24408 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24409 would indent to the way it currently is.
24410 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24411 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24414 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24415 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24416 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24417 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24418 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24419 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24421 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24423 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24425 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24426 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24427 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24429 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24430 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24434 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24438 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18177 862))
24439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24441 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24442 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24443 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24444 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24445 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24446 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24448 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24452 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24453 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24456 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24457 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24459 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24460 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24461 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24462 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24465 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24467 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24469 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24470 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24471 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24473 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24474 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24476 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24477 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24478 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24479 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24480 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24481 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24482 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24485 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24486 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24487 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24488 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24489 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24491 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24492 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24493 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24500 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18177
24502 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24504 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24505 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24506 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24507 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24508 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24509 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24514 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24515 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24516 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24517 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24518 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24522 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24523 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24524 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24525 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24526 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24527 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24528 `shadow-define-cluster').
24532 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24533 Set up file shadowing.
24539 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24540 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
24541 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24543 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24544 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24545 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24546 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24547 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24550 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24552 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24553 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24554 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24555 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24556 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24558 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24559 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24560 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24561 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24562 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24563 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24564 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24565 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24566 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24567 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24568 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24570 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24571 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24572 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24573 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24574 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24575 `default-process-coding-system'.
24577 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24578 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24579 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24580 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24582 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24584 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24585 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24589 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24590 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18177 862))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24593 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24596 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24598 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24601 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24603 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24606 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24610 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24611 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24614 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24615 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24616 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24617 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24618 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24620 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18190 35207))
24627 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24628 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18177
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24636 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24637 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24638 \\{simula-mode-map}
24639 Variables controlling indentation style:
24640 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24641 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24642 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24643 `simula-indent-level'
24644 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24645 `simula-substatement-offset'
24646 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24647 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24648 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24649 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24650 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24651 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24652 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24653 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24654 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24655 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24656 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24657 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24658 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24659 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24660 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24661 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24662 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24663 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24664 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24665 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24666 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24667 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24668 or nil if they should not be changed.
24669 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24670 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24671 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24672 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24674 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24675 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24681 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24682 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18177 874))
24683 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24685 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24686 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24688 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24689 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24690 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24691 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24693 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24695 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24697 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24698 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24699 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24700 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24701 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24703 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24704 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24706 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24708 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24709 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24711 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24712 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24713 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24714 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24716 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24717 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24718 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24719 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24721 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24722 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24723 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24725 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24726 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24728 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24729 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24731 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24732 _ interesting point, interregion here
24733 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24734 interesting point set by _
24735 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24736 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24737 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24738 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24739 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24740 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24743 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24744 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24746 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24747 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24748 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24749 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24750 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24751 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24752 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24753 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24755 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24756 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24757 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24758 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24759 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24762 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24763 then: insert previously read string once more
24764 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24765 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24766 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24768 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24769 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24771 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24773 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24774 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24776 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24777 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24778 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24779 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24780 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24783 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24784 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24785 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24791 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24792 ;;;;;; (18190 35207))
24793 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24795 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24796 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24797 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24800 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24802 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24803 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24804 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24810 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24811 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
24812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24814 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24815 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24816 A list of images is returned.
24818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24820 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24821 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24822 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24824 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24828 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24829 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18177 867))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24832 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24837 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24838 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24844 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18177 871))
24845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24847 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24848 Play the Snake game.
24849 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24851 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24853 Snake mode keybindings:
24855 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24856 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24857 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24858 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24859 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24860 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24861 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24867 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24868 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24871 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24872 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24873 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24874 Tab indents for C code.
24875 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24876 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24878 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24883 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24884 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24885 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24886 Tab indents for C code.
24887 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24888 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24890 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24891 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24897 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24898 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24899 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18177 856))
24900 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24902 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
24903 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24905 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24906 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24907 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24909 For example, the form
24911 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24912 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24914 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24916 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
24918 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24919 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24921 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24922 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24923 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24926 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24928 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
24930 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24931 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24933 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24934 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24935 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24938 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24940 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
24942 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
24943 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24944 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24947 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24949 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
24951 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24952 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24953 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24955 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24956 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24958 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24962 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
24963 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24964 Requires floating point.
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18190
24972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24974 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24977 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24978 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24979 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24980 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24981 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24982 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24983 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24984 check after each move or undo)
24988 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24989 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24990 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25009 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25010 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25011 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25012 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25014 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25015 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25016 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25019 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25020 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25022 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25038 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25040 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25046 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25047 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25048 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18177 874))
25049 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25050 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25052 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25053 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25055 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25056 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25057 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25058 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25061 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25062 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25063 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25066 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25067 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25069 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25070 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25071 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25072 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25075 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25076 It should move point to the end of the record.
25078 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25079 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25080 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25081 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25082 starts at the beginning of the record.
25084 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25085 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25088 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25089 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25091 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25093 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25094 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25095 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25096 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25097 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25102 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25103 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25104 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25105 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25106 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25109 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25111 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25112 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25113 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25114 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25118 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25119 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25121 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25122 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25123 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25124 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25125 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25126 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25127 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25128 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25129 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25131 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25133 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25134 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25135 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25136 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25137 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25138 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25139 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25142 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25144 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25145 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25146 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25147 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25148 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25149 is to be used for sorting.
25150 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25151 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25152 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25153 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25154 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25156 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25161 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25162 starting with the letter \"f\",
25163 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25165 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25167 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25168 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25169 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25170 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25171 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25172 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25176 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25177 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25178 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25179 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25180 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25182 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25184 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25185 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25186 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25188 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25192 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18177
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25196 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25197 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25199 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25203 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25204 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25205 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18177 863))
25206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25208 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25209 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25211 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25212 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25213 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25215 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25217 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25218 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25219 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25222 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25224 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25225 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25226 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25228 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25230 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25231 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25232 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25233 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25238 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25239 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25240 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25241 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25247 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25248 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18190 35207))
25249 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25251 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25253 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25254 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25255 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25256 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25257 supported at a time.
25258 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25259 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25263 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25264 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25265 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25266 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25272 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25273 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18177 876))
25274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25276 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25278 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25279 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25280 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25281 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25282 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25283 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25287 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25288 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25289 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25290 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25294 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25295 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25296 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25297 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25298 for example, \"word\".
25300 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25302 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25303 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25305 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25309 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18177
25311 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25313 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25314 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25318 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25319 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25325 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25326 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25327 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25328 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18190
25330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25332 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25333 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25335 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25336 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25337 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25338 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25339 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25340 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25341 of the current highlighting list.
25345 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25346 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25348 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25349 `_t' as data types.
25351 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25353 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25354 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25356 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25357 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25359 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25361 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25362 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25363 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25365 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25367 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25368 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25369 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25370 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25371 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25372 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25374 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25375 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25377 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25379 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25380 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25381 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25382 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25384 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25385 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25386 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25387 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25389 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25390 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25391 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25395 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25396 Major mode to edit SQL.
25398 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25399 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25400 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25403 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25405 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25406 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25407 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25408 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25409 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25410 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25412 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25413 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25415 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25416 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25417 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25419 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25421 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25425 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25426 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25428 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25429 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25432 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25436 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25437 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25445 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25446 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25448 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25451 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25452 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25454 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25455 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25456 `default-process-coding-system'.
25458 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25462 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25463 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25465 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25466 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25469 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25470 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25471 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25472 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25474 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25475 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25478 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25479 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25480 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25481 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25482 `default-process-coding-system'.
25484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25488 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25489 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25491 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25492 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25495 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25496 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25498 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25499 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25501 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25502 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25503 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25504 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25505 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25506 `default-process-coding-system'.
25508 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25512 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25513 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25515 SQLite is free software.
25517 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25518 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25521 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25522 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25523 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25524 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25526 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25530 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25531 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25532 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25533 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25534 `default-process-coding-system'.
25536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25540 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25541 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25543 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25545 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25546 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25549 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25550 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25551 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25552 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25554 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25555 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25558 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25560 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25562 `default-process-coding-system'.
25564 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25568 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25569 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25571 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25572 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25575 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25576 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25579 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25580 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25582 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25583 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25584 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25585 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25586 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25587 `default-process-coding-system'.
25589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25593 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25594 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25601 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25603 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25607 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25609 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25610 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25611 `default-process-coding-system'.
25613 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25617 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25618 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25625 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25626 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25627 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25629 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25633 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25634 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25637 `default-process-coding-system'.
25639 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25643 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25644 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25646 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25647 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25650 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25651 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25652 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25653 `sql-postgres-options'.
25655 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25656 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25658 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25659 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25660 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25661 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25662 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25663 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25664 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25665 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25667 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25668 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25670 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25674 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25675 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25677 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25678 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25681 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25682 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25685 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25686 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25688 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25689 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25691 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25692 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25693 `default-process-coding-system'.
25695 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25699 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25700 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25702 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25703 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25706 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25709 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25710 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25712 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25713 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25714 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25715 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25717 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25718 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25719 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25720 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25721 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25722 `default-process-coding-system'.
25724 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25728 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25729 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25731 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25732 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25735 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25736 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25737 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25738 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25741 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25742 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25743 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25744 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25747 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25748 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25756 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25757 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25758 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25759 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25760 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18177
25762 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25764 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25765 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25766 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25767 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25768 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25769 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25771 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25773 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25775 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25777 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25778 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25779 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25780 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25781 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25783 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25785 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25787 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25788 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25789 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25790 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25791 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25793 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25795 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25796 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25797 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25799 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25801 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25802 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25803 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25807 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25808 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25810 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25812 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25813 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25817 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25818 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25822 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25823 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25824 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25825 chronologically by command name.
25826 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25828 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25830 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25831 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25832 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25835 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25837 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25839 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25840 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25841 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25842 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25843 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25844 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25845 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25847 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25848 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25849 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25850 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25852 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25857 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25858 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25859 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25861 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25864 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25870 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25871 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16268 23254))
25872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25874 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25875 Studlify-case the region.
25877 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25879 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25880 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25882 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25884 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25885 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25891 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18190 35207))
25892 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25894 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
25895 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25896 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25897 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25898 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25899 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25901 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25902 is used instead of `load-path'.
25904 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25905 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25906 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25908 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25912 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25913 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
25914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25916 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25917 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25918 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25919 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25920 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25921 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25922 original message but it does require a few things:
25924 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25926 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25929 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25930 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25933 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25935 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25937 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25938 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25939 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25945 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18190
25947 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25949 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25951 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25952 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25953 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25956 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25958 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25960 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25961 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25962 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25963 otherwise turn it off.
25965 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25966 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25967 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25973 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18177 875))
25974 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25976 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25977 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25978 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25979 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25980 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25982 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25984 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25985 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25986 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25987 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25988 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25989 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25990 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25996 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25997 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25998 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25999 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26000 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26001 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26002 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26003 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26004 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26005 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26006 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26007 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26008 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18190 35212))
26009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26011 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26012 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26013 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26015 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26017 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26018 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26020 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26022 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26023 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26025 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26027 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26028 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26030 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26032 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26033 Insert an editable text table.
26034 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26035 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26036 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26037 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26038 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26039 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26044 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26046 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26051 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26052 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26053 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26054 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26057 +-----+-----+-----+
26059 +-----+-----+-----+
26061 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26063 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26064 width, which results as
26066 +--------------+-----+-----+
26068 +--------------+-----+-----+
26070 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26071 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26073 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26075 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26077 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26078 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26079 width information to `table-insert'.
26081 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26087 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26090 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26091 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26093 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26096 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26098 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26100 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26106 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26116 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26120 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26121 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26129 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26132 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26134 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26142 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26143 | | |expected results.-!- |
26144 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26147 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26153 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26155 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26156 Insert N table row(s).
26157 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26158 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26159 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26160 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26164 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26165 Insert N table column(s).
26166 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26167 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26168 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26169 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26173 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26174 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26175 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26177 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26179 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26180 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26181 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26182 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26183 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26184 all the table specific features.
26186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26188 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26193 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26194 Recognize all tables within region.
26195 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26196 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26197 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26200 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26202 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26207 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26208 Recognize a table at point.
26209 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26210 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26211 the table specific features.
26213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26215 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26220 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26221 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26222 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26223 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26224 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26225 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26226 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26228 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26230 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26235 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26236 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26237 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26238 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26239 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26240 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26243 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26245 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26246 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26247 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26248 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26249 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26250 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26251 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26256 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26257 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26258 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26259 table's rectangle structure.
26261 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26264 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26265 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26266 table's rectangle structure.
26270 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26271 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26272 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26273 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26274 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26276 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26278 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26279 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26280 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26282 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26283 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26284 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26285 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26286 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26287 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26288 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26290 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26291 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26292 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26293 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26294 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26295 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26296 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26298 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26299 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26300 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26301 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26302 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26303 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26304 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26305 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26307 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26310 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26311 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26312 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26317 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26318 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26320 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26322 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26323 Split current cell vertically.
26324 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26328 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26329 Split current cell horizontally.
26330 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26334 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26335 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26336 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26338 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26340 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26341 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26342 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26343 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26345 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26348 Justify cell contents.
26349 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26350 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26351 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26352 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26354 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26357 Justify cells of a row.
26358 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26359 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26361 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26364 Justify cells of a column.
26365 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26366 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26368 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26370 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26371 Toggle fixing width mode.
26372 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26373 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26374 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26379 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26380 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26381 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26382 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26383 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26384 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26385 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26386 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26387 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26388 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26390 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26393 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26394 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26395 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26396 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26397 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26398 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26399 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26400 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26401 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26402 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26403 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26406 References used for this implementation:
26412 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26414 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26415 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26416 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26418 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26421 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26422 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26423 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26424 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26425 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26426 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26427 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26428 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26429 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26430 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26431 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26432 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26433 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26434 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26435 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26436 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26441 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26442 (table-forward-cell 15)
26443 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26444 (table-forward-cell 16)
26445 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26446 (table-forward-cell 1)
26447 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26450 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26451 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26452 (table-forward-cell 1)
26453 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26455 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26458 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26459 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26460 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26461 consists from cells of same height.
26465 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26466 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26467 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26468 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26469 column must consists from cells of same width.
26473 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26474 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26475 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26476 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26477 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26478 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26479 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26480 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26481 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26482 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26483 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26484 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26485 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26486 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26487 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26496 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26497 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26498 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26501 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26503 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26505 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26507 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26511 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26512 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26513 of each row is optional.
26518 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26519 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26520 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26521 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26522 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26524 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26525 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26527 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26528 expression and raw delimiter regular
26529 expression, it parses the specified text
26530 area and extracts cell items from
26531 non-table text and then forms a table out
26534 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26535 creates a single cell table. The text in
26536 the specified region is placed in that
26539 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26542 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26543 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26544 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26546 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26547 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26548 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26549 | area and extracts cell items from |
26550 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26553 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26554 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26555 | the specified region is placed in that |
26557 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26559 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26560 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26563 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26564 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26565 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26566 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26567 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26568 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26569 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26570 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26571 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26573 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26574 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26575 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26576 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26578 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26580 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26581 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26582 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26584 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26586 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26587 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26588 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26589 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26590 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26596 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18190 35207))
26597 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26599 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26600 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26602 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26604 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26605 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26611 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18177 875))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26614 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26615 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26616 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26617 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26618 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26619 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26620 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26622 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26623 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26624 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26625 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26627 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26634 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26635 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18177 873))
26636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26638 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26639 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26640 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26641 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26642 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26643 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26645 Variables controlling indentation style:
26647 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26648 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26649 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26651 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26652 documentation for details):
26653 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26654 Controls action of TAB key.
26656 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26657 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26658 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26659 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26660 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26662 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26663 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26671 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26672 Run inferior Tcl process.
26673 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26674 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26678 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26679 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26680 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26682 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26686 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18177 869))
26687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26688 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26690 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26691 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26692 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26693 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26695 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26696 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26697 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26698 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26699 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26701 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26702 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26704 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26705 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26706 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26707 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26713 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18177
26715 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26717 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26718 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26719 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26720 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26721 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26722 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26724 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26726 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26727 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26728 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26729 commands to use in that buffer.
26731 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26733 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26735 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26736 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26738 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26742 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18177
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26746 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26747 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26748 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26749 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26750 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26751 program as keyboard input.
26753 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26754 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26755 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26756 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26758 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26759 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26760 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26761 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26762 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26764 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26766 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26767 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26768 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26769 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26771 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26772 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26773 subprocess started.
26775 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26780 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
26781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26783 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26784 Start coverage on function under point.
26790 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18177 871))
26791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26793 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26794 Play the Tetris game.
26795 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26796 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26797 as to form complete rows.
26799 tetris-mode keybindings:
26800 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26801 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26802 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26803 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26804 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26805 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26806 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26807 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26808 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26814 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26815 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26816 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26817 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26818 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26819 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26820 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26821 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
26822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26824 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26825 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26827 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26829 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26830 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26831 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26832 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26833 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26835 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26837 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26838 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26839 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26840 if it matches the first line of the file,
26841 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26843 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26845 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26846 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26847 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26848 if the variable is non-nil.")
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26852 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26853 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26858 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26859 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26860 See the documentation of that variable.")
26862 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26864 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26865 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26866 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26867 See the documentation of that variable.")
26869 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26871 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26872 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26873 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26874 See the documentation of that variable.")
26876 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26878 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26879 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26880 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26881 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26882 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26884 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26886 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26887 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26888 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26889 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26891 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26893 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26894 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26895 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26897 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26899 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26900 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26901 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26902 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26904 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26906 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26907 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26908 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26909 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26911 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26913 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26914 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26915 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26916 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26918 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26919 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26922 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26923 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26925 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26928 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26930 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26931 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26932 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26933 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26934 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26936 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26938 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26940 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26941 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26942 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26944 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26946 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26947 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26948 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26949 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26950 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26952 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26954 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26955 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26959 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26960 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26964 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26965 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26966 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26967 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26968 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26969 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26970 says which mode to use.
26974 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26976 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26978 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26980 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26981 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26982 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26983 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26984 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26986 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26987 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26988 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26989 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26990 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26991 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26992 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26994 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26995 mismatched $'s or braces.
26998 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27002 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27004 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27005 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27006 tex-dvi-print-command
27007 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27008 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27009 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27010 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27011 tex-dvi-view-command
27012 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27013 tex-show-queue-command
27014 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27015 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27017 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27018 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27019 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27023 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27024 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27025 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27026 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27027 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27029 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27030 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27031 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27032 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27033 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27034 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27035 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27037 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27038 mismatched $'s or braces.
27045 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27047 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27048 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27049 tex-dvi-print-command
27050 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27051 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27052 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27053 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27054 tex-dvi-view-command
27055 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27056 tex-show-queue-command
27057 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27058 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27060 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27061 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27062 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27066 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27067 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27068 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27069 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27070 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27072 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27073 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27074 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27075 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27076 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27077 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27078 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27080 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27081 mismatched $'s or braces.
27084 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27088 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27090 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27091 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27092 tex-dvi-print-command
27093 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27094 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27095 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27096 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27097 tex-dvi-view-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27099 tex-show-queue-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27101 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27103 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27104 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27105 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27106 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27110 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27115 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27116 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27122 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27123 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18177 876))
27124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27126 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27127 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27128 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27129 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27131 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27132 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27133 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27135 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27137 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27138 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27139 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27140 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27141 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27143 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27145 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27146 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27147 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27148 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27150 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27151 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27152 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27153 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27155 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27156 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27158 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27162 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27163 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18190 35213))
27164 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27166 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27167 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27169 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27171 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27172 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27174 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27176 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27177 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27179 It has these extra commands:
27180 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27182 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27183 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27184 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27185 modified version of TeX input format.
27187 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27188 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27189 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27190 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27192 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27193 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27194 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27195 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27196 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27197 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27198 in the Texinfo file.
27200 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27201 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27202 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27203 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27204 move forward past the closing brace.
27206 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27207 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27209 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27210 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27211 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27213 Here are the functions:
27215 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27216 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27217 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27219 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27220 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27221 texinfo-master-menu
27223 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27225 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27226 which menu descriptions are indented.
27228 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27229 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27232 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27233 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27234 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27235 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27237 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27238 be the first node in the file.
27240 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27241 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27247 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27248 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27249 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
27250 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27252 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27253 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27254 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27255 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27257 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27259 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27260 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27262 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27265 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27269 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27272 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27277 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27278 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18177 876))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27281 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27282 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27284 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27286 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27287 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27288 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27289 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27290 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27292 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27293 a symbol as a valid THING.
27295 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27296 of the textual entity that was found.
27298 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27300 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27301 Return the THING at point.
27302 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27303 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27304 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27306 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27307 a symbol as a valid THING.
27309 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27311 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27316 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27321 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27326 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27333 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27334 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27335 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27338 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27339 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27343 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27344 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27345 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27346 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27348 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27350 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27351 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27355 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27356 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27360 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27362 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27363 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27369 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27370 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27371 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27372 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27373 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27374 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18177 866))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27377 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27378 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27379 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27383 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27384 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27386 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27388 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27389 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27390 The returned string has no composition information.
27392 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27394 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27395 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27399 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27400 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27404 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27405 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27406 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27407 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27411 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27412 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27413 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27414 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27421 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27423 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27424 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27425 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27430 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27431 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27435 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27438 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27443 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27448 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27453 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27456 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27457 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27458 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27459 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27461 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27465 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27466 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27467 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27468 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27470 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27476 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27477 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18177 876))
27478 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27480 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27481 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27483 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27485 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27486 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27487 This display updates automatically every minute.
27488 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27489 are displayed as well.
27490 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27494 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27495 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27496 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27499 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27501 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27503 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27504 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27505 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27507 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27508 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27509 are displayed as well.
27510 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27514 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27515 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27516 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27517 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27523 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27524 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27525 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27526 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18177
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27530 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27531 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27533 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27535 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27536 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27537 You can use `float-time' instead.
27539 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27541 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27542 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27544 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27546 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27547 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27549 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27552 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27554 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27556 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27557 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27558 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27560 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27562 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27564 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27565 Subtract two time values.
27566 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27568 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27570 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27571 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27573 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27575 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27576 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27577 DATE should be a date-time string.
27579 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27581 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27582 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27583 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27585 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27587 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27588 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27590 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27592 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27593 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27595 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27597 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27598 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27599 TIME should be a time value.
27600 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27602 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27604 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27605 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27606 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27608 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27612 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27613 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18177 876))
27614 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27615 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27616 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27617 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27618 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27619 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27620 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27621 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27623 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27624 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27625 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27626 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27627 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27628 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27629 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27630 look like one of the following:
27633 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27634 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27635 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27636 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27637 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27638 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27639 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27644 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27645 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27646 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27653 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27654 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27655 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27656 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
27657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27659 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27660 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27661 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27662 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27663 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27664 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27665 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27666 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27667 display (non-nil means on).
27669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27671 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27672 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27673 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27674 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27675 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27676 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27677 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27678 this function is called within a day.
27680 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27681 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27682 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27683 discover the name of the project.
27685 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27687 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27688 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27689 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27690 begun during the last time segment.
27692 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27693 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27694 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27695 discover the reason.
27697 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27699 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27700 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27701 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27702 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27703 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27705 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27707 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27708 Change to working on a different project.
27709 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27710 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27711 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27714 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27716 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27717 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27718 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27722 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27723 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27724 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27728 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27729 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27730 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27731 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27732 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27733 \"relative to today\".
27735 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27737 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27738 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27739 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27740 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27742 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27745 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27746 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27747 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27748 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27749 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27751 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27755 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27756 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18177 858))
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27760 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27762 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27763 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27765 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27767 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27768 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27769 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27770 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27772 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27774 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27775 Perform an action at time TIME.
27776 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27777 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27778 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27779 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27780 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27781 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27782 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27783 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27784 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27785 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27786 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27788 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27790 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27792 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27793 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27794 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27795 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27796 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27798 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27800 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27802 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27803 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27804 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27805 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27807 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27809 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27810 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27811 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27812 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27813 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27814 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27815 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27817 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27818 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27820 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27822 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27823 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27825 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
27826 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27827 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27828 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27829 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27830 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27833 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27837 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27838 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18177 865))
27839 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27841 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27842 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27843 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27844 the generated Quail package is saved.
27846 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27849 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27850 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27851 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27852 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27853 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27854 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27856 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27860 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27861 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18177
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27865 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
27868 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
27873 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27875 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
27876 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
27877 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
27878 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
27880 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27884 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27885 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18190 35213))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27887 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27888 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27890 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27891 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27892 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27893 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27894 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27896 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27898 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27899 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27900 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27901 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27902 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27904 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27906 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27907 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27908 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27909 in the menu in two ways:
27910 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27911 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27912 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27914 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27915 keymap or an alist of alists.
27916 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27917 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27919 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27923 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27924 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27925 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18177 856))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27928 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27929 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27933 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27934 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27936 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27938 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27939 Insert new TODO list entry.
27940 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27945 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27946 List top priorities for each category.
27948 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27949 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27951 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27952 between each category.
27954 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27956 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27957 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27958 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27959 between each category.
27961 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27963 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27966 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27972 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27973 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27977 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27984 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27985 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27986 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18190 35213))
27987 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27989 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27990 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27991 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27995 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27997 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27998 Add an item to the tool bar.
27999 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28000 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28001 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28002 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28004 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28005 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28006 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28007 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28009 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28010 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28012 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28015 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28016 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28017 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28018 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28019 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28021 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28022 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28023 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28024 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28026 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28028 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28029 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28030 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28031 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28032 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28033 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28034 properties to add to the binding.
28036 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28038 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28039 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28041 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28043 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28044 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28045 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28046 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28047 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28048 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28049 properties to add to the binding.
28051 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28054 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28058 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28059 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28062 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28063 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28064 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28067 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28069 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28071 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28076 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28078 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28079 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28085 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18177 858))
28086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28088 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28089 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28090 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28091 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28092 to a tcp server on another machine.
28094 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28098 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28099 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18177 858))
28100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28102 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28103 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28105 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28107 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28108 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28109 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28110 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28111 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28112 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28113 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28114 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28116 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28118 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28119 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28120 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28121 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28122 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28123 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28124 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28125 the window or buffer configuration.
28127 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28129 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28133 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28134 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28135 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28136 ;;;;;; (18190 35203))
28137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28139 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28140 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28142 It can have the following values:
28144 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28145 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28146 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28148 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28150 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28151 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28152 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28153 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28155 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28156 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28157 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28158 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28160 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28161 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28162 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28164 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28165 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28166 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28167 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28168 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28169 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28170 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28171 files which are not really Tramp files.
28173 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28174 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28175 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28176 updated after changing this variable.
28178 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28180 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28181 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28182 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28183 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28185 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28186 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28187 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28188 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28190 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28191 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28192 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28194 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28195 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28196 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28198 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28199 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28200 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28201 updated after changing this variable.
28203 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28205 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28206 Alist of completion handler functions.
28207 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28208 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28209 normal Emacs functions.")
28211 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28212 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28213 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28214 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28216 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28217 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28218 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28219 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28221 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28222 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28223 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28225 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28227 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28228 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28229 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28231 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28232 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28233 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28235 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28236 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28239 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28241 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28246 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28247 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28249 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28251 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28252 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28254 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28256 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28257 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28264 ;;;;;; (18190 35203))
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28267 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18190
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28278 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28279 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28280 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28281 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28282 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28283 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28284 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28285 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28287 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28288 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28289 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28291 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28292 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28295 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28299 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28300 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
28301 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28303 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28306 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28310 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28311 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18177 876))
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28313 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28314 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28315 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28317 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28318 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28319 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28320 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28321 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28322 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28323 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28325 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28327 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28328 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28329 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28330 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28332 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28336 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28337 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28338 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28339 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28340 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28341 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28342 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28344 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28345 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28347 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28350 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28352 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28358 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28359 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28360 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28361 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28362 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28363 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28365 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28366 Toggle typing break mode.
28367 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28369 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28371 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28373 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28374 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28376 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28378 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28379 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28381 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28382 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28383 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28385 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28386 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28388 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28390 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28391 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28393 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28394 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28395 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28396 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28398 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28400 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28401 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28402 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28404 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28405 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28406 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28407 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28408 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28409 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28411 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28412 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28413 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28414 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28416 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28417 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28419 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28420 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28422 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28424 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28425 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28426 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28428 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28429 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28430 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28431 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28432 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28433 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28434 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28436 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28437 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28439 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28440 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28441 reset the keystroke counter.
28443 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28444 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28445 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28446 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28448 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28449 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28450 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28451 `type-break-schedule' command.
28453 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28454 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28455 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28456 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28457 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28458 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28459 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28460 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28461 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28463 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28464 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28465 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28466 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28467 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28469 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28470 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28471 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28472 approximate good values for this.
28474 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28475 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28477 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28478 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28479 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28480 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28481 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28482 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28484 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28485 a typing break occur. They include:
28487 `type-break-query-mode'
28488 `type-break-query-function'
28489 `type-break-query-interval'
28491 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28493 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28494 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28495 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28498 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28500 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28501 Take a typing break.
28503 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28504 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28506 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28507 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28511 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28512 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28513 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28514 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28518 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28519 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28521 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28522 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28523 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28524 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28525 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28526 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28527 average typing speed.)
28529 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28530 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28531 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28532 the computed maximum threshold.
28534 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28535 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28536 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28537 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28538 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28540 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28544 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28545 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18177 876))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28548 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28549 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28550 Works by overstriking underscores.
28551 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28552 which specify the range to operate on.
28554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28556 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28557 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28558 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28559 which specify the range to operate on.
28561 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28565 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28566 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18177 867))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28569 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28570 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28571 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28575 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28576 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28577 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28578 following the containing message.
28584 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28585 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28588 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28589 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28590 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28591 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28592 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28593 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28597 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28598 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28600 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28604 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18177
28606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28608 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28609 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28610 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28611 of symbols with local bindings.
28613 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28617 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28618 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18177 877))
28619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28621 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28622 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28623 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28625 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28626 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28627 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28628 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28629 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28630 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28632 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28633 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28634 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28636 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28637 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28638 the callback is not called).
28640 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28641 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28642 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28645 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28648 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28649 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28650 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28651 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28653 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28658 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18190 35213))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28661 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28662 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28663 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28665 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28666 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28667 `url-generic-parse-url'
28668 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28669 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28670 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28672 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28673 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28674 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28675 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28676 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28677 what type of auth to use
28678 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28679 if one cannot be found in the cache
28681 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28683 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28684 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28686 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28687 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28688 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28689 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28690 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28691 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28692 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28693 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28695 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28699 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28700 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18177
28702 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28704 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28705 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28707 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28709 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28710 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28712 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28715 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28717 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28719 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28720 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28722 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28726 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18177 877))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28729 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28736 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28737 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18190 35213))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28740 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28743 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28745 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28748 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28752 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18190
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28756 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28757 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28759 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28763 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28764 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18177 877))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28767 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28768 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28772 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28773 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28774 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28775 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28776 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28778 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28782 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28783 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18177
28785 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28787 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28788 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28789 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28792 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28794 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28796 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28797 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28801 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28802 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28803 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28804 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28805 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28806 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28807 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28808 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28809 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28811 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28813 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28814 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28815 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28818 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28823 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28827 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28828 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18190 35213))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28831 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28832 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28833 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28834 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28835 CBARGS as the arguments.
28837 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28839 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28842 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28844 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28846 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28849 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28851 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28852 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28853 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28855 Property list members:
28858 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28862 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28866 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28869 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28872 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28873 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28874 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28877 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28879 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28880 Default HTTPS port.")
28882 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28883 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28885 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28886 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28887 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28888 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28889 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28893 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18177 877))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28896 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28903 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18177
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28907 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28908 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28909 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28910 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28911 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28918 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28921 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28924 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28926 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28927 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28929 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28934 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18190 35213))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28937 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28938 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28943 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28947 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28952 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28954 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28956 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28958 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28959 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28965 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28966 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
28967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28969 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28977 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28981 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28982 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28983 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28986 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28989 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28991 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28994 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28996 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28999 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29001 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29004 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29009 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29011 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29014 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29019 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29023 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29024 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18190 35213))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29027 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29028 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29030 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29032 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29033 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29035 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29041 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29042 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29043 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29045 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29046 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29052 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29053 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29054 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29055 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29056 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29057 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29058 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
29059 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29061 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29062 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29063 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29065 If t, all messages will be logged.
29066 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29067 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29069 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29071 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29074 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29079 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29081 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29082 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29083 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29084 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29085 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29091 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29094 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29095 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29097 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29100 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29101 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29103 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29106 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29108 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29111 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29115 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29116 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29120 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29125 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29128 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29133 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'url-basepath "url-util" "\
29136 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29141 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29143 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29146 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29149 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29150 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29151 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29152 forbidden in URL encoding.
29154 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29156 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29157 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29158 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29159 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29160 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29161 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29163 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29165 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29166 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29167 If optional variable X is t,
29168 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29170 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29173 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29174 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29176 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29179 View the current document's URL.
29180 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29183 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29185 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29189 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29190 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18177 877))
29191 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29193 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29194 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29195 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29196 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29197 to refrain from editing the file
29198 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29199 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29200 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29201 in any way you like.
29203 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29206 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29207 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29208 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29209 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29211 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29212 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29218 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-pre-write-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29219 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18177 865))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29222 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29225 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29227 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29230 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29235 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29236 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29239 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29240 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29241 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29242 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29244 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29246 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29247 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29248 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29250 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29252 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29253 Uudecode region between START and END.
29254 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29256 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29260 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29261 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29262 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29263 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29264 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29265 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29266 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (18190 35214))
29267 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29269 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29270 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29273 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29275 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29276 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29277 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29279 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29281 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29282 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29285 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29287 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29288 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29289 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29290 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29291 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29292 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29293 somebody else, signal error.
29295 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29297 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29298 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29299 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29300 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29301 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29303 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29305 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29306 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29307 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29308 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29309 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29310 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29311 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29312 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29313 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29314 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29315 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29316 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29318 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29321 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29323 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29324 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29326 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29327 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29328 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29329 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29330 lock steals will raise an error.
29332 For locking systems:
29333 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29335 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29336 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29337 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29338 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29339 it performs a revert on that file.
29340 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29341 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29342 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29343 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29344 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29345 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29346 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29348 For merging systems:
29349 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29350 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29351 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29352 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29353 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29354 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29355 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29356 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29357 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29359 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29361 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29362 Register the current file into a version control system.
29363 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29364 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29366 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29367 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29368 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29369 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29370 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29371 first backend that could register the file is used.
29373 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29375 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29376 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29378 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29380 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29381 Display diffs between file versions.
29382 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29383 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29384 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29385 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29386 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29389 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29391 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
29392 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29393 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29394 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29398 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29399 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29400 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29401 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29405 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29406 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29407 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29408 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29409 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29410 from the current branch.
29412 See Info node `Merging'.
29416 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29418 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29419 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29421 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29423 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29424 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29426 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29428 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29429 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29430 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29431 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29432 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29433 checked out in that new branch.
29435 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29437 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29438 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29439 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29440 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29441 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29442 allowed and simply skipped).
29444 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29446 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29447 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29448 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29450 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29452 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29453 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29454 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29455 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29459 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29460 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29461 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29463 \(fn &optional NOREVERT)" t nil)
29465 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29467 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29468 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29469 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29470 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29471 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29472 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29476 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29477 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29478 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29479 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29480 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29481 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29482 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29484 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29487 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29488 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29489 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29490 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29491 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29492 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29493 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29494 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29496 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29498 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29499 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29501 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29503 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29504 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29505 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29508 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29510 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29511 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29512 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29514 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29515 log entries should be gathered.
29517 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29519 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29520 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29522 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29524 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29525 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29527 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29529 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29530 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29532 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29533 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29534 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29535 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29536 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29537 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29539 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29540 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29541 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29542 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29543 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29544 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29545 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29546 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29548 Customization variables:
29550 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29551 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29552 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29553 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29555 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18190 35213))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29561 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29562 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29565 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18190 35214))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29572 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29573 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29575 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29576 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29577 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29580 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18190 35214))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29586 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29587 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29588 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29590 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18190 35214))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29596 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29597 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29598 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29601 (vc-git-registered file))))
29605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18190 35214))
29606 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29607 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29608 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29609 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29612 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18177 877))
29617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29618 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29619 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29622 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18190 34947))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29629 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29631 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29632 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29633 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29636 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29640 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29641 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29644 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29645 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29646 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29648 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29649 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29653 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29654 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29657 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29658 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29659 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29661 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29662 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29664 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29665 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29666 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29667 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18190 35214))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29673 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29674 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29675 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29678 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29679 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29680 (file-name-directory f)))
29682 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29684 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29688 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29689 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
29690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29691 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29693 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29694 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29699 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29700 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29701 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29702 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29704 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29705 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29706 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29709 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29710 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29712 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29713 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29715 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29716 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29717 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29719 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29725 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29726 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29728 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29730 Official distribution is at
29731 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29734 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29735 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29746 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29747 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29750 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29751 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29756 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29757 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29758 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29759 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29760 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29761 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29762 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29763 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29764 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29766 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29767 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29768 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29769 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29771 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29772 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29773 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29774 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29775 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29777 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29778 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29782 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29783 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29784 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29788 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29789 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29790 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29791 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29793 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29794 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29795 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29796 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29797 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29801 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29802 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29803 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29804 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29806 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29807 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29808 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29809 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29810 beginning with \"std\").
29812 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29813 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29814 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29819 `--' puts a single comment.
29820 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29821 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29822 with a comment in between.
29823 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29824 out following lines.
29825 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29826 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29828 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29829 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29830 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29831 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29832 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29835 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29836 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29837 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29838 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29839 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29840 multi-line comments.
29844 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29845 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29846 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29847 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29849 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29850 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29851 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29852 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29854 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29855 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29858 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29859 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29863 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29864 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29865 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29866 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29867 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29868 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29869 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29870 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29872 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29873 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29874 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29875 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29876 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29879 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29880 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29881 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29883 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29884 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29888 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29889 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29890 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29891 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29892 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29893 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29896 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29897 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29898 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29899 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29902 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29906 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29907 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29908 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29909 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29910 internal signal initializations (menu).
29912 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29913 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29914 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29916 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29917 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29918 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29919 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29920 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29921 in subsequent paste operations.)
29923 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29924 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29925 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29928 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29929 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29930 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29931 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29932 association list with formals).
29935 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29936 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29937 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29938 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29939 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29940 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29941 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29942 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29947 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29951 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29955 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29956 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29957 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29959 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29960 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29963 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29964 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29965 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29966 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29968 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29969 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29970 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29972 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29973 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29974 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29975 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29977 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29978 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29979 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29980 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29981 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29983 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29984 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29985 required by secondary units.
29988 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29989 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29990 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29991 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29992 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29993 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29994 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29995 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29996 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29997 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29998 inputs to this component -> input port created
29999 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30000 outputs from this component -> output port created
30001 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30002 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30004 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30005 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30006 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30007 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30008 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30010 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30011 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30013 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30014 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30015 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30016 component instantiation is also supported (option
30017 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30019 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30020 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30021 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30022 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30023 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30024 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30025 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30026 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30027 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30028 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30029 | generating the configuration.
30031 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30032 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30033 | configurations in speedbar.
30035 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30038 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30039 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30040 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30041 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30042 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30043 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30044 information. New compilers can be added.
30046 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30047 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30050 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30051 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30052 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30053 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30054 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30056 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30059 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30060 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30061 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30063 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30064 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30065 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30066 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30067 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30068 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30069 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30072 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30073 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30074 not (yet) supported.
30075 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30076 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30077 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30081 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30082 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30083 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30084 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30085 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30086 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30087 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30088 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30090 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30091 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30092 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30093 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30094 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30095 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30096 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30097 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30098 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30099 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30100 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30104 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30105 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30106 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30107 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30108 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30109 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30110 current directory for VHDL source files.
30114 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30115 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30119 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30120 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30121 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30122 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30123 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30124 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30125 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30126 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30129 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30130 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30131 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30132 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30133 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30134 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30135 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30137 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30138 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30139 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30140 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30141 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30142 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30144 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30145 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30146 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30147 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30148 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30151 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30152 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30153 highlighted if written in lower case.
30155 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30156 highlighted using a different background color if option
30157 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30159 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30160 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30161 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30162 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30163 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30167 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30168 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30169 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30173 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30174 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30175 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30176 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30177 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30181 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30182 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30184 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30185 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30186 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30187 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30188 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30189 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30190 (used to obtain the port names).
30194 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30195 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30199 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30200 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30201 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30202 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30203 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30204 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30205 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30210 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30211 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30212 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30213 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30214 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30216 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30217 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30218 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30219 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30220 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30223 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30224 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30228 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30229 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30230 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30232 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30236 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30237 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30239 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30241 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30243 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30247 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30253 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30254 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30256 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30258 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30259 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30260 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30261 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30263 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30264 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30265 where the latest version can be found.
30271 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30272 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30273 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30276 The VHDL Mode Authors
30277 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30288 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18177 858))
30289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30291 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30292 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30293 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30294 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30296 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30297 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30298 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30299 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30300 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30302 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30303 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30305 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30307 * Limitations and unsupported features
30308 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30310 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30311 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30314 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30315 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30316 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30317 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30318 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30319 for undoing a repeated change command.
30320 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30321 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30322 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30325 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30326 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30327 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30328 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30329 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30330 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30331 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30332 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30334 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30340 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30341 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30342 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30343 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18177 866))
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30346 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30347 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30349 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30351 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30352 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30353 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30354 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30356 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30358 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30359 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30363 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30364 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30365 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30366 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30368 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30370 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30371 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30375 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30378 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30380 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30383 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30387 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30388 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30389 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18190
30391 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30393 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30394 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30395 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30396 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30398 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30400 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30401 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30402 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30403 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30404 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30405 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30406 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30408 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30412 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30413 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30414 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30415 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30416 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30417 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30418 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30419 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30421 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30425 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30426 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30427 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30428 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30429 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30430 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30431 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30432 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30434 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30438 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30439 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30440 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30441 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30442 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30443 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30444 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30446 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30448 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30449 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30450 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30452 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30454 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30455 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30456 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30457 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30458 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30459 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30460 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30461 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30463 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30465 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30466 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30467 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30469 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30471 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30472 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30473 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30474 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30475 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30476 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30477 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30478 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30480 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30482 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30483 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30484 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30486 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30488 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30489 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30490 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30493 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30494 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30495 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30498 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30499 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30500 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30501 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30502 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30504 H, h, ? This message.
30505 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30506 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30507 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30508 > move to the end of buffer.
30509 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30510 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30511 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30512 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30513 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30514 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30515 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30516 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30517 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30518 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30519 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30520 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30521 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30522 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30523 Use this to view a changing file.
30524 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30525 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30526 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30528 x exchanges point and mark.
30529 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30530 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30531 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30532 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30533 ' go to position saved in character register.
30534 s do forward incremental search.
30535 r do reverse incremental search.
30536 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30537 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30538 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30539 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30540 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30541 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30542 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30543 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30544 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30545 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30546 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30547 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30548 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30549 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30550 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30551 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30552 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30554 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30555 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30556 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30557 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30558 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30559 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30560 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30561 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30562 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30564 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30568 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30569 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30570 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30571 `view-return-to-alist'.
30572 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30573 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30574 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30576 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30577 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30578 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30579 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30580 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30582 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30583 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30584 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30585 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30587 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30589 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30591 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30593 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30594 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30600 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18177
30602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30604 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30605 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30609 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30610 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30616 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30617 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30620 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30621 Toggle Viper on/off.
30622 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30626 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30627 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30633 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30634 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30637 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30638 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30639 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30640 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30641 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30642 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30643 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30644 the beginning of the warning.")
30646 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30647 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30648 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30649 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30650 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30651 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30652 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30653 also call that function before the next warning.")
30655 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30656 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30658 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30659 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30660 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30661 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30663 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30664 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30665 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30666 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30667 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30668 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30670 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30671 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30672 Default is :warning.
30674 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30675 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30676 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30677 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30678 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30679 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30681 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30682 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30683 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30685 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30687 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30688 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30690 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30692 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30693 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30694 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30695 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30697 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30698 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30699 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30700 can be whatever you like.)
30702 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30703 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30705 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30706 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30707 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30708 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30709 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30711 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30713 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30714 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30715 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30716 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30717 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30719 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30723 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30724 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
30725 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30727 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30728 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30729 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30730 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30731 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30740 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18177 869))
30741 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30743 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30744 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30746 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30749 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30756 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30757 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
30758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30759 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30760 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30762 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30764 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30765 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30766 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30769 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30771 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30773 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30774 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30775 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30776 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30778 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30785 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30786 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30787 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30788 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30789 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30790 ;;;;;; (18190 35214))
30791 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30793 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
30794 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30798 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
30799 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30803 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
30804 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30808 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
30809 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30813 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
30814 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30818 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
30819 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30821 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30822 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30823 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30824 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30825 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30827 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30829 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30830 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30832 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30834 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
30835 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30839 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30840 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30841 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30842 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30843 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30847 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30848 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30852 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
30854 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30855 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30856 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30859 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30861 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
30863 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
30864 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30865 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30867 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30868 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30872 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
30873 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30874 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30880 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30881 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18190 35214))
30882 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30884 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30885 Browse the widget under point.
30889 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30890 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30892 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30894 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30895 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30897 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30899 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30900 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30901 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30907 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30908 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18190
30910 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30912 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30913 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30915 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30917 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30918 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30919 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30921 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30923 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30924 Create widget of TYPE.
30925 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30927 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30929 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30932 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30934 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
30935 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30937 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30939 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
30941 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map "
" 'widget-button-press) map) "\
30942 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30943 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30945 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
30946 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30952 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30953 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18177
30955 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30957 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
30958 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30959 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30960 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30961 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30962 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30963 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30967 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
30968 Select the window above the current one.
30969 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30970 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30971 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30972 negative ARG) of the current window.
30973 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30977 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
30978 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30979 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30980 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30981 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30982 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30983 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30987 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
30988 Select the window below the current one.
30989 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30990 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30991 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30992 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30993 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30997 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
30998 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30999 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31000 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31002 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31006 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31007 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31008 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31010 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31011 Toggle Winner mode.
31012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31013 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31015 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31017 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31018 Toggle Winner mode.
31019 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31025 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31026 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18190 35215))
31027 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31029 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31030 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31031 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31032 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31033 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31034 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31035 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31036 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31038 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31039 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31041 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31043 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31044 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31048 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31049 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31050 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31051 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31052 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31053 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31054 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31055 `woman' command for further details.
31057 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31061 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31062 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
31063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31065 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31066 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31069 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31070 are not implemented
31071 - Options for search and replace
31072 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31073 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31075 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31078 The key bindings are:
31088 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31090 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31091 C-l ws-repeat-search
31094 C-r scroll-down-line
31101 C-y kill-complete-line
31104 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31105 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31106 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31107 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31108 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31109 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31110 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31111 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31112 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31113 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31114 C-k b ws-begin-block
31115 C-k c ws-copy-block
31116 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31118 C-k h ws-show-markers
31119 C-k i ws-indent-block
31121 C-k p ws-print-block
31124 C-k s save-some-buffers
31126 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31127 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31128 C-k v ws-move-block
31129 C-k w ws-write-block
31131 C-k y ws-delete-block
31133 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31134 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31135 C-o j justify-current-line
31138 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31139 C-o r set-fill-column
31140 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31141 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31142 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31143 C-o wo other-window
31144 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31146 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31147 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31148 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31149 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31150 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31151 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31152 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31153 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31154 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31155 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31156 C-q a ws-query-replace
31157 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31158 C-q c end-of-buffer
31161 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31163 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31164 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31165 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31166 C-q w ws-last-error
31168 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31174 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31175 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31176 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31178 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31179 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31180 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31181 Returns the top node with all its children.
31182 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31183 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31185 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31187 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31188 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31189 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31190 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31191 is not well-formed XML.
31192 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31193 and returned as the first element of the list.
31194 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31196 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31200 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18190
31202 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31204 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31205 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31206 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31209 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31211 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31213 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31214 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31215 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31218 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31219 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31220 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31221 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31222 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31223 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31229 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31230 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18177 863))
31231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31233 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31234 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31236 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31239 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31245 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31246 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18177 871))
31247 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31249 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31250 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31252 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31254 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31255 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31257 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31259 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31260 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31261 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31263 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31265 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31266 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31272 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18190 35204))
31273 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31275 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31276 Zone out, completely.
31282 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31283 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31284 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31285 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31286 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31287 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31288 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31289 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31290 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31291 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31292 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31293 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31294 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31295 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31296 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31297 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31298 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31299 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31300 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31301 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31302 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31303 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31304 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31308 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31310 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31311 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
31312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
31313 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31314 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31318 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31319 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31320 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31321 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31322 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31323 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31324 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31325 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31326 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31327 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31328 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31329 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31330 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31331 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31332 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31333 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31334 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31335 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31336 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31337 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31338 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31339 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/hmac-def.el"
31340 ;;;;;; "gnus/hmac-md5.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31341 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31342 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/md4.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31343 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31344 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31345 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31346 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31347 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31348 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31349 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31350 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31351 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31352 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31353 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31354 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31355 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31356 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31357 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31358 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31359 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31360 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31361 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31362 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31363 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31364 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31365 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31366 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31367 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el"
31368 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
31369 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31370 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31371 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
31372 ;;;;;; "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
31373 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31374 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
31375 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31376 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31377 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31378 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31379 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31380 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31381 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31382 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31383 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31384 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31385 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31386 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31387 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31388 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31389 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31390 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31391 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31392 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31393 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31394 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18190 59623 725683))
31419 ;; Local Variables:
31420 ;; version-control: never
31421 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31422 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31424 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here